* inferior.h (read_pc, write_pc): Remove.
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "gdbtypes.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "gdbcore.h"
32 #include "gdbcmd.h"
33 #include "value.h"
34 #include "command.h"
35 #include "inferior.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb_string.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "wrapper.h"
60 #include "valprint.h"
61
62 /* readline include files */
63 #include "readline/readline.h"
64 #include "readline/history.h"
65
66 /* readline defines this. */
67 #undef savestring
68
69 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
70
71 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
72 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
73 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
74
75 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
76
77 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
78
79 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
80
81 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
90
91 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
92
93 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
94
95 static void clear_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void catch_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void watch_command (char *, int);
100
101 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
102
103 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
104
105 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
108
109 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
112
113 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
114 enum bptype bptype);
115
116 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, struct obj_section *, int);
117
118 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
119
120 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
121
122 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
123
124 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
125
126 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
127
128 static void commands_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void condition_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
133
134 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
135
136 typedef enum
137 {
138 mark_inserted,
139 mark_uninserted
140 }
141 insertion_state_t;
142
143 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
144
145 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
146
147 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
148
149 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
150
151 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
152
153 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
154
155 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
156
157 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
158
159 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
160
161 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
162
163 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
164
165 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
166
167 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
168
169 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
170
171 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
172
173 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
174
175 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
176
177 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
178
179 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
180
181 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
182 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
183
184 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
185
186 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
187
188 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
189
190 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
191
192 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
193
194 static void update_global_location_list (int);
195
196 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
197
198 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
199
200 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
201
202 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
203
204 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
205
206 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
207
208 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
209
210 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
211
212 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
213 current breakpoint. */
214
215 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
216
217 static const char *
218 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
219 {
220 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
221 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
222 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
223 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
224 }
225
226 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
227 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
228 if such is available. */
229 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
230
231 static void
232 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
233 struct cmd_list_element *c,
234 const char *value)
235 {
236 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
237 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
238 value);
239 }
240
241 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
242 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
243 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
244 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
245 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
246 static void
247 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
248 struct cmd_list_element *c,
249 const char *value)
250 {
251 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
252 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
253 value);
254 }
255
256 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
257 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
258 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
259 use hardware breakpoints. */
260 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
261 static void
262 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
263 struct cmd_list_element *c,
264 const char *value)
265 {
266 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
267 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
268 value);
269 }
270
271 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
272 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
273 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
274 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
275 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
276
277 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
278 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
279 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
280 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
281 always_inserted_auto,
282 always_inserted_off,
283 always_inserted_on,
284 NULL
285 };
286 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
287 static void
288 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
289 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
290 {
291 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
292 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
293 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
294 value,
295 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
296 else
297 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
298 }
299
300 int
301 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
302 {
303 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
304 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
305 }
306
307 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
308
309 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
310 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
311
312 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
313 static int overlay_events_enabled;
314
315 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
316 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
317 breakpoint. */
318
319 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
320
321 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
322 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
323 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
324 B = TMP)
325
326 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
327
328 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
329
330 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
331 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
332 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
333 B = TMP)
334
335 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
336
337 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
338 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
339 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
340
341 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
342
343 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
344
345 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
346
347 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
348 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
349 may still be reported by a target. */
350 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
351
352 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
353
354 int breakpoint_count;
355
356 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
357
358 int tracepoint_count;
359
360 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
361 static int
362 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
363 {
364 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
365 }
366
367 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
368
369 void
370 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
371 {
372 breakpoint_count = num;
373 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
374 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
375 }
376
377 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
378
379 void
380 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
381 {
382 struct breakpoint *b;
383
384 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
385 b->hit_count = 0;
386 }
387
388 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
389 for "break" command with no arg.
390 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
391 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
392
393 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
394
395 int default_breakpoint_valid;
396 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
397 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
398 int default_breakpoint_line;
399 \f
400 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
401 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
402
403 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
404 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
405 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
406
407 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
408
409 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
410 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
411 static int
412 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
413 {
414 int retval = 0; /* default */
415 char *p = *pp;
416
417 if (p == NULL)
418 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
419 return breakpoint_count;
420 else if (*p == '$')
421 {
422 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
423 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
424 char *varname;
425 char *start = ++p;
426 struct value *val;
427
428 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
429 p++;
430 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
431 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
432 varname[p - start] = '\0';
433 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
434 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
435 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
436 else
437 {
438 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
439 retval = 0;
440 }
441 }
442 else
443 {
444 if (*p == '-')
445 ++p;
446 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
447 ++p;
448 if (p == *pp)
449 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
450 {
451 /* Skip non-numeric token */
452 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
453 ++p;
454 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
455 retval = 0;
456 }
457 else
458 retval = atoi (*pp);
459 }
460 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
461 {
462 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
463 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
464 ++p;
465 retval = 0;
466 }
467 while (isspace (*p))
468 p++;
469 *pp = p;
470 return retval;
471 }
472
473
474 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
475 int
476 get_number (char **pp)
477 {
478 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
479 }
480
481 /* Parse a number or a range.
482 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
483 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
484 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
485 * inclusive.
486 *
487 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
488 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
489 *
490 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
491 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
492 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
493 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
494 * pointer PP past <number2>.
495 */
496
497 int
498 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
499 {
500 static int last_retval, end_value;
501 static char *end_ptr;
502 static int in_range = 0;
503
504 if (**pp != '-')
505 {
506 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
507 or to the first number of a range. */
508 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
509 if (**pp == '-')
510 {
511 char **temp;
512
513 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
514 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
515 and also remember the end of the final token. */
516
517 temp = &end_ptr;
518 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
519 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
520 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
521 end_value = get_number (temp);
522 if (end_value < last_retval)
523 {
524 error (_("inverted range"));
525 }
526 else if (end_value == last_retval)
527 {
528 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
529 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
530 single number. */
531 *pp = end_ptr;
532 }
533 else
534 in_range = 1;
535 }
536 }
537 else if (! in_range)
538 error (_("negative value"));
539 else
540 {
541 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
542 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
543 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
544 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
545 is reached. */
546
547 if (++last_retval == end_value)
548 {
549 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
550 *pp = end_ptr;
551 in_range = 0;
552 }
553 }
554 return last_retval;
555 }
556
557
558 \f
559 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
560
561 static void
562 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
563 {
564 struct breakpoint *b;
565 char *p;
566 int bnum;
567
568 if (arg == 0)
569 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
570
571 p = arg;
572 bnum = get_number (&p);
573 if (bnum == 0)
574 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
575
576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
577 if (b->number == bnum)
578 {
579 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
580 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
581 {
582 if (loc->cond)
583 {
584 xfree (loc->cond);
585 loc->cond = 0;
586 }
587 }
588 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
589 xfree (b->cond_string);
590
591 if (*p == 0)
592 {
593 b->cond_string = NULL;
594 if (from_tty)
595 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
596 }
597 else
598 {
599 arg = p;
600 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
601 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
602 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
603 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
604 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
605 {
606 arg = p;
607 loc->cond =
608 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
609 if (*arg)
610 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
611 }
612 }
613 breakpoints_changed ();
614 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
615 return;
616 }
617
618 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
619 }
620
621 static void
622 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
623 {
624 struct breakpoint *b;
625 char *p;
626 int bnum;
627 struct command_line *l;
628
629 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
630 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
631 being read from. */
632
633 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
634 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
635
636 p = arg;
637 bnum = get_number (&p);
638
639 if (p && *p)
640 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
641
642 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
643 if (b->number == bnum)
644 {
645 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
646 bnum);
647 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
648 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty, 1);
649 do_cleanups (cleanups);
650 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
651 b->commands = l;
652 breakpoints_changed ();
653 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
654 return;
655 }
656 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
657 }
658
659 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
660 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
661
662 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
663 that are part of if and while bodies. */
664 enum command_control_type
665 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
666 {
667 struct breakpoint *b;
668 char *p;
669 int bnum;
670
671 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
672 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
673 being read from. */
674
675 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
676 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
677
678 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
679 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
680 if (arg && !*arg)
681 p = NULL;
682 else
683 p = arg;
684 bnum = get_number (&p);
685
686 if (p && *p)
687 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
688
689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
690 if (b->number == bnum)
691 {
692 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
693 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
694 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
695 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
696 list after it finishes execution. */
697 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
698 breakpoints_changed ();
699 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
700 return simple_control;
701 }
702 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
703 }
704 \f
705 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
706 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
707
708 void
709 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
710 {
711 struct bp_location *b;
712 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
713 int bp_size = 0;
714 int bptoffset = 0;
715
716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
717 {
718 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
719 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
720 b->owner->number);
721
722 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
723 continue;
724 if (!b->inserted)
725 continue;
726 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
727 we need to copy. */
728 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
729 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
730 if (bp_size == 0)
731 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
732 continue;
733
734 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
735 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
736 are reading. */
737 continue;
738
739 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
740 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
741 reading. */
742 continue;
743
744 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
745 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
746 {
747 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
748 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
749 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
750 bp_addr = memaddr;
751 }
752
753 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
754 {
755 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
756 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
757 }
758
759 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
760 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
761 }
762 }
763 \f
764
765 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
766 static void
767 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
768 {
769 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
770 int val = -1;
771
772 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint);
773 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL);
774
775 b->ops->insert (b);
776 }
777
778 static int
779 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
780 {
781 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
782 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
783 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
784 }
785
786 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
787 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
788 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
789 not need them.
790
791 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
792 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
793 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
794 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
795 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
796
797 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
798 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
799 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
800 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
801
802 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
803 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
804 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
805 chain. */
806
807 static void
808 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
809 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
810 {
811 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
812 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
813
814 *valp = NULL;
815 if (resultp)
816 *resultp = NULL;
817 if (val_chain)
818 *val_chain = NULL;
819
820 /* Evaluate the expression. */
821 mark = value_mark ();
822 result = NULL;
823
824 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
825 {
826 result = evaluate_expression (exp);
827 }
828 if (ex.reason < 0)
829 {
830 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
831 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
832 error to some higher catcher. */
833 switch (ex.error)
834 {
835 case MEMORY_ERROR:
836 break;
837 default:
838 throw_exception (ex);
839 break;
840 }
841 }
842
843 new_mark = value_mark ();
844 if (mark == new_mark)
845 return;
846 if (resultp)
847 *resultp = result;
848
849 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
850 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
851 if (result != NULL
852 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
853 *valp = result;
854
855 if (val_chain)
856 {
857 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
858 decide which addresses to watch. */
859 *val_chain = new_mark;
860 value_release_to_mark (mark);
861 }
862 }
863
864 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
865 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
866 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
867 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
868 in b->loc->cond.
869 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
870
871 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
872 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
873 static void
874 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
875 {
876 int within_current_scope;
877 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
878 struct bp_location *loc;
879 bpstat bs;
880
881 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location_chain and
882 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
883 breakpoints if needed. */
884 b->loc = NULL;
885
886 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
887 return;
888
889 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
890 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
891 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
892 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
893 selected frame. */
894 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
895
896 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
897 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
898 within_current_scope = 1;
899 else
900 {
901 struct frame_info *fi;
902 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
903 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
904 if (within_current_scope)
905 select_frame (fi);
906 }
907
908 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
909 {
910 char *s;
911 if (b->exp)
912 {
913 xfree (b->exp);
914 b->exp = NULL;
915 }
916 s = b->exp_string;
917 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
918 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
919 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
920 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
921 be completely different objects. */
922 value_free (b->val);
923 b->val = NULL;
924 b->val_valid = 0;
925 }
926
927 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
928 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
929 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
930 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
931 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
932 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
933 {
934 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
935
936 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
937
938 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
939 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
940 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
941 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
942 if (!b->val_valid)
943 {
944 b->val = v;
945 b->val_valid = 1;
946 }
947
948 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
949 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
950 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
951 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
952 && reparse)
953 {
954 int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used;
955
956 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint,
957 &other_type_used);
958 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
959
960 if (!mem_cnt)
961 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
962 else
963 {
964 int target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
965 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
966 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
967 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
968 else
969 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
970 }
971 }
972
973 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
974 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
975 {
976 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
977 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
978 must watch it. If the first value returned is
979 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
980 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
981 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
982 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
983 {
984 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
985
986 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
987 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
988 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
989 if (v == result
990 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
991 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
992 {
993 CORE_ADDR addr;
994 int len, type;
995 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
996
997 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
998 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
999 type = hw_write;
1000 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1001 type = hw_read;
1002 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1003 type = hw_access;
1004
1005 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1006 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1007 ;
1008 *tmp = loc;
1009 loc->address = addr;
1010 loc->length = len;
1011 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1012 }
1013 }
1014
1015 next = value_next (v);
1016 if (v != b->val)
1017 value_free (v);
1018 }
1019
1020 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1021 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1022 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1023 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1024 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1025 {
1026 char *s = b->cond_string;
1027 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1028 }
1029 }
1030 else if (!within_current_scope)
1031 {
1032 printf_filtered (_("\
1033 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1034 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1035 b->number);
1036 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1037 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1038 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1039 }
1040
1041 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1042 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1043 }
1044
1045
1046 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1047 inserted in the inferior. */
1048 static int
1049 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1050 {
1051 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1052 return 0;
1053
1054 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1055 return 0;
1056
1057 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1058 return 0;
1059
1060 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1061 not by us. */
1062 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
1063 return 0;
1064
1065 return 1;
1066 }
1067
1068 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1069 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1070 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1071
1072 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1073 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1074 static int
1075 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1076 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1077 int *disabled_breaks,
1078 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1079 {
1080 int val = 0;
1081
1082 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1083 return 0;
1084
1085 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1086 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1087 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1088
1089 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1090 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1091 {
1092 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1093 {
1094 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1095 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1096 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1097 Two important cases are:
1098 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1099 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1100 hardware breakpoint.
1101 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1102 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1103 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1104
1105 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1106 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1107 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1108 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1109 struct mem_region *mr
1110 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1111
1112 if (mr)
1113 {
1114 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1115 {
1116 int changed = 0;
1117 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1118
1119 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1120 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1121 else
1122 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1123
1124 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1125 {
1126 static int said = 0;
1127 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1128 if (!said)
1129 {
1130 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1131 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1132 said = 1;
1133 }
1134 }
1135 }
1136 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1137 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1138 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1139 paddr (bpt->address));
1140 }
1141 }
1142
1143 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1144 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1145 || bpt->section == NULL
1146 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1147 {
1148 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1149
1150 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1151 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1152 else
1153 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1154 }
1155 else
1156 {
1157 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1158 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1159 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1160 {
1161 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1162 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1163 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1164 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1165 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1166 bpt->owner->number);
1167 else
1168 {
1169 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1170 bpt->section);
1171 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1172 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1173 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1174 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1175 if (val != 0)
1176 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1177 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1178 bpt->owner->number);
1179 }
1180 }
1181 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1182 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1183 {
1184 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1185 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1186 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1187 else
1188 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1189 }
1190 else
1191 {
1192 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1193 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1194 return 0;
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198 if (val)
1199 {
1200 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1201 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->address))
1202 {
1203 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1204 val = 0;
1205 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1206 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1207 {
1208 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1209 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1210 bpt->owner->number);
1211 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1212 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1213 }
1214 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1215 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1216 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1217 }
1218 else
1219 {
1220 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1221 {
1222 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1223 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1224 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1225 bpt->owner->number);
1226 }
1227 else
1228 {
1229 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1230 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1231 bpt->owner->number);
1232 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1233 "Error accessing memory address ");
1234 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1235 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1236 safe_strerror (val));
1237 }
1238
1239 }
1240 }
1241 else
1242 bpt->inserted = 1;
1243
1244 return val;
1245 }
1246
1247 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1248 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1249 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1250 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1251 {
1252 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1253 bpt->length,
1254 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1255 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1256 }
1257
1258 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1259 {
1260 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1261 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1262 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1263 bpt->owner->number);
1264 if (e.reason < 0)
1265 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1266 else
1267 bpt->inserted = 1;
1268
1269 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1270 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1271 so just return success. */
1272 return 0;
1273 }
1274
1275 return 0;
1276 }
1277
1278 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1279 Throws exception on any error.
1280 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1281 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1282 void
1283 insert_breakpoints (void)
1284 {
1285 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1286
1287 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1288 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1289 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1290
1291 update_global_location_list (1);
1292
1293 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
1294 && (target_has_execution
1295 || (gdbarch_has_global_solist (target_gdbarch)
1296 && target_supports_multi_process ())))
1297 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1298 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1299 insert them now. */
1300 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1301 }
1302
1303 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1304 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1305 Both return zero if successful,
1306 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1307
1308 static void
1309 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1310 {
1311 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1312 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1313 int error = 0;
1314 int val = 0;
1315 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1316 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1317
1318 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1319 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1320
1321 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1322 there was an error. */
1323 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1324
1325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1326 {
1327 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1328 continue;
1329
1330 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1331 thread no longer exists. */
1332 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1333 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1334 continue;
1335
1336 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1337 &disabled_breaks,
1338 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1339 if (val)
1340 error = val;
1341 }
1342
1343 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1344 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1346 {
1347 int some_failed = 0;
1348 struct bp_location *loc;
1349
1350 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1351 continue;
1352
1353 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1354 continue;
1355
1356 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1357 continue;
1358
1359 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1360 if (!loc->inserted)
1361 {
1362 some_failed = 1;
1363 break;
1364 }
1365 if (some_failed)
1366 {
1367 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1368 if (loc->inserted)
1369 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1370
1371 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1372 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1373 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1374 bpt->number);
1375 error = -1;
1376 }
1377 }
1378
1379 if (error)
1380 {
1381 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1382 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1383 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1384 {
1385 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1386 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1387 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1388 }
1389 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1390 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1391 }
1392
1393 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1394 }
1395
1396 int
1397 remove_breakpoints (void)
1398 {
1399 struct bp_location *b;
1400 int val;
1401
1402 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1403 {
1404 if (b->inserted)
1405 {
1406 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1407 if (val != 0)
1408 return val;
1409 }
1410 }
1411 return 0;
1412 }
1413
1414 int
1415 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1416 {
1417 struct bp_location *b;
1418 int val;
1419
1420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1421 {
1422 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1423 {
1424 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1425 if (val != 0)
1426 return val;
1427 }
1428 }
1429 return 0;
1430 }
1431
1432 int
1433 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1434 {
1435 struct bp_location *b;
1436 int val;
1437 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1438 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1439 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
1440
1441 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1442
1443 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1444 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1445 {
1446 if (b->inserted)
1447 {
1448 b->inserted = 0;
1449 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1450 &dummy1, &dummy2);
1451 if (val != 0)
1452 {
1453 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1454 return val;
1455 }
1456 }
1457 }
1458 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1459 return 0;
1460 }
1461
1462 void
1463 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1464 {
1465 struct breakpoint *b;
1466 struct breakpoint *temp;
1467 struct bp_location *bploc;
1468
1469 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1470 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1471 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1472 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1473 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1474 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1475 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1476 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1477 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1478 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1479
1480 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1481 {
1482 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1483 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1484 {
1485 delete_breakpoint (b);
1486 continue;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1490 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1491 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1492 {
1493 delete_breakpoint (b);
1494 continue;
1495 }
1496
1497 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1498 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1499 {
1500 delete_breakpoint (b);
1501 continue;
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1505 after an exec. */
1506 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1507 {
1508 delete_breakpoint (b);
1509 continue;
1510 }
1511
1512 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
1513 {
1514 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1515 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1516 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1517 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1518 continue;
1519 }
1520
1521 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1522 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1523 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1524 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1525 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1526 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1527
1528 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1529 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1530 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1531 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1532 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1533 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1534 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1535
1536 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1537 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1538 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1539 let finish_command delete it.
1540
1541 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1542 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1543 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1544 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1545 solib breakpoints.) */
1546
1547 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1548 {
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551
1552 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1553 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1554 a.out. */
1555 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1556 {
1557 delete_breakpoint (b);
1558 continue;
1559 }
1560 }
1561 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1562 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1563 }
1564
1565 int
1566 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1567 {
1568 struct bp_location *b;
1569 int val;
1570 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1571
1572 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1573 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1574
1575 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1576 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1577 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1578 {
1579 if (b->inserted)
1580 {
1581 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1582 if (val != 0)
1583 {
1584 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1585 return val;
1586 }
1587 }
1588 }
1589 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1590 return 0;
1591 }
1592
1593 static int
1594 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1595 {
1596 int val;
1597
1598 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1599 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1600 return 0;
1601
1602 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1603 This should not ever happen. */
1604 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1605
1606 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1607 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1608 {
1609 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1610 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1611 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1612
1613 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1614 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1615 || b->section == NULL
1616 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1617 {
1618 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1619
1620 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1621 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1622 else
1623 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1624 }
1625 else
1626 {
1627 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1628 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1629 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1630 {
1631 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1632 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1633 */
1634 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1635 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1636 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1637 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1638 else
1639 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1640 }
1641 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1642 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1643 if (b->inserted)
1644 {
1645 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1646 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1647 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1648 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1649 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1650 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1651
1652 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1653 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1654 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1655 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1656 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1657 else
1658 val = 0;
1659 }
1660 else
1661 {
1662 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1663 val = 0;
1664 }
1665 }
1666
1667 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
1668 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
1669 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
1670 if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->address))
1671 val = 0;
1672
1673 if (val)
1674 return val;
1675 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1676 }
1677 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1678 {
1679 struct value *v;
1680 struct value *n;
1681
1682 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1683 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1684 b->watchpoint_type);
1685
1686 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1687 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1688 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1689 b->owner->number);
1690 }
1691 else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
1692 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1693 && !b->duplicate)
1694 {
1695 gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL);
1696
1697 val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner);
1698 if (val)
1699 return val;
1700 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1701 }
1702
1703 return 0;
1704 }
1705
1706 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1707
1708 void
1709 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1710 {
1711 struct bp_location *bpt;
1712
1713 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1714 bpt->inserted = 0;
1715 }
1716
1717 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1718 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1719
1720 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1721 between runs.
1722
1723 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1724 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1725 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1726
1727
1728
1729 void
1730 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1731 {
1732 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1733 struct bp_location *bpt;
1734 int ix;
1735
1736 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
1737 nothing to do. */
1738 if (gdbarch_has_global_solist (target_gdbarch))
1739 return;
1740
1741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1742 if (bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1743 bpt->inserted = 0;
1744
1745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1746 {
1747 switch (b->type)
1748 {
1749 case bp_call_dummy:
1750 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1751
1752 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1753 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1754 get rid of it.
1755
1756 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1757 delete_breakpoint (b);
1758 break;
1759
1760 case bp_watchpoint:
1761 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1762 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1763 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1764
1765 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1766 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1767 delete_breakpoint (b);
1768 else if (context == inf_starting)
1769 {
1770 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1771 in insert_breakpoints. */
1772 if (b->val)
1773 value_free (b->val);
1774 b->val = NULL;
1775 b->val_valid = 0;
1776 }
1777 break;
1778 default:
1779 break;
1780 }
1781 }
1782
1783 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
1784 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix)
1785 free_bp_location (bpt);
1786 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
1787 }
1788
1789 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1790 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1791 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1792 permanent breakpoint.
1793 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1794 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1795 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1796 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1797 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1798
1799 enum breakpoint_here
1800 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1801 {
1802 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1803 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1804
1805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1806 {
1807 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1808 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1809 continue;
1810
1811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1812 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1813 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1814 {
1815 if (overlay_debugging
1816 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1817 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1819 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1820 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1821 else
1822 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1823 }
1824 }
1825
1826 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1827 }
1828
1829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
1830
1831 int
1832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1833 {
1834 struct bp_location *loc;
1835 int ix;
1836
1837 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
1838 if (loc->address == pc)
1839 return 1;
1840
1841 return 0;
1842 }
1843
1844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1846 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1847 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1848
1849 int
1850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1851 {
1852 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1853
1854 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1855 {
1856 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1857 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1858 continue;
1859
1860 if (bpt->inserted
1861 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1862 {
1863 if (overlay_debugging
1864 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1865 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1866 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1867 else
1868 return 1;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 return 0;
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1875 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1876
1877 int
1878 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1879 {
1880 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1881 return 1;
1882
1883 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1884 return 1;
1885
1886 return 0;
1887 }
1888
1889 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1890 inserted at PC. */
1891
1892 int
1893 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1894 {
1895 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1896 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1897
1898 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1899 {
1900 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1901 continue;
1902
1903 if (bpt->inserted
1904 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1905 {
1906 if (overlay_debugging
1907 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1908 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1909 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1910 else
1911 return 1;
1912 }
1913 }
1914
1915 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1916 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1917 return 1;
1918
1919 return 0;
1920 }
1921
1922 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1923 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1924
1925 int
1926 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1927 {
1928 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1929 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
1930 int thread = -1;
1931 int task = 0;
1932
1933 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1934 {
1935 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1936 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1937 continue;
1938
1939 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1940 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1941 continue;
1942
1943 if (bpt->address != pc)
1944 continue;
1945
1946 if (bpt->owner->thread != -1)
1947 {
1948 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
1949 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
1950 it is now time to do so. */
1951 if (thread == -1)
1952 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1953 if (bpt->owner->thread != thread)
1954 continue;
1955 }
1956
1957 if (bpt->owner->task != 0)
1958 {
1959 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
1960 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
1961 it is now time to do so. */
1962 if (task == 0)
1963 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
1964 if (bpt->owner->task != task)
1965 continue;
1966 }
1967
1968 if (overlay_debugging
1969 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1970 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1971 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1972
1973 return 1;
1974 }
1975
1976 return 0;
1977 }
1978 \f
1979
1980 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1981 in breakpoint.h. */
1982
1983 int
1984 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1985 {
1986 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
1987 }
1988
1989 void
1990 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1991 {
1992 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1993 value_free (bs->old_val);
1994 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1995 xfree (bs);
1996 }
1997
1998 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1999 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2000
2001 void
2002 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
2003 {
2004 bpstat p;
2005 bpstat q;
2006
2007 if (bsp == 0)
2008 return;
2009 p = *bsp;
2010 while (p != NULL)
2011 {
2012 q = p->next;
2013 bpstat_free (p);
2014 p = q;
2015 }
2016 *bsp = NULL;
2017 }
2018
2019 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2020 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2021
2022 bpstat
2023 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
2024 {
2025 bpstat p = NULL;
2026 bpstat tmp;
2027 bpstat retval = NULL;
2028
2029 if (bs == NULL)
2030 return bs;
2031
2032 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2033 {
2034 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
2035 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
2036 if (bs->commands != NULL)
2037 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2038 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2039 {
2040 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2041 release_value (tmp->old_val);
2042 }
2043
2044 if (p == NULL)
2045 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2046 retval = tmp;
2047 else
2048 p->next = tmp;
2049 p = tmp;
2050 }
2051 p->next = NULL;
2052 return retval;
2053 }
2054
2055 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2056
2057 bpstat
2058 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2059 {
2060 if (bsp == NULL)
2061 return NULL;
2062
2063 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2064 {
2065 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2066 return bsp;
2067 }
2068 return NULL;
2069 }
2070
2071 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2072 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2073 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2074
2075 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2076 step_resume breakpoint.
2077
2078 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2079 struct breakpoint *
2080 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2081 {
2082 int current_thread;
2083
2084 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2085
2086 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2087
2088 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2089 {
2090 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2091 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2092 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2093 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2094 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2095 }
2096
2097 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2098 }
2099
2100
2101 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2102 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2103 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2104 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2105 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2106 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2107 we set it.
2108 Return 1 otherwise. */
2109
2110 int
2111 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2112 {
2113 struct breakpoint *b;
2114
2115 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2116 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2117
2118 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2119 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2120 this function might return the same number more
2121 than once and this will look ugly. */
2122 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2123 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2124 if (b == NULL)
2125 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2126
2127 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2128 return 1;
2129 }
2130
2131 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2132
2133 void
2134 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2135 {
2136 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2137 {
2138 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2139 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2140 {
2141 value_free (bs->old_val);
2142 bs->old_val = NULL;
2143 }
2144 }
2145 }
2146
2147 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2148
2149 static void
2150 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2151 {
2152 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2153 {
2154 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
2155
2156 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2157 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2158 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2159 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2160 if (tp->in_infcall)
2161 return;
2162 }
2163
2164 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
2165 }
2166
2167 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2168 static void
2169 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2170 {
2171 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2172 }
2173
2174 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2175 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2176 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2177 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2178
2179 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2180 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2181 bpstat of the current thread. */
2182
2183 static int
2184 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
2185 {
2186 bpstat bs;
2187 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2188 int again = 0;
2189
2190 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2191 in bs->commands. */
2192 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2193 return 0;
2194
2195 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2196 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2197
2198 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2199 bs = *bsp;
2200
2201 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2202 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2203 {
2204 struct command_line *cmd;
2205 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2206
2207 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2208
2209 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2210 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2211 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2212 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2213 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2214 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2215 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2216 the tree when we're done. */
2217 cmd = bs->commands;
2218 bs->commands = 0;
2219 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2220
2221 while (cmd != NULL)
2222 {
2223 execute_control_command (cmd);
2224
2225 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2226 break;
2227 else
2228 cmd = cmd->next;
2229 }
2230
2231 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2232 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2233
2234 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2235 {
2236 if (target_can_async_p ())
2237 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2238 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2239 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2240 ;
2241 else
2242 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2243 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2244 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2245 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2246 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2247 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2248 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2249 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2250 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2251 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2252 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2253 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2254 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2255 again = 1;
2256 break;
2257 }
2258 }
2259 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2260 return again;
2261 }
2262
2263 void
2264 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2265 {
2266 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2267 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
2268 && target_has_execution
2269 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
2270 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
2271 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2272 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2273 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2274 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2275 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat))
2276 break;
2277 }
2278
2279 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2280
2281 static void
2282 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2283 {
2284 if (val == NULL)
2285 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2286 else
2287 {
2288 struct value_print_options opts;
2289 get_user_print_options (&opts);
2290 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
2291 }
2292 }
2293
2294 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2295 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2296 by having it set different print_it values.
2297
2298 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2299 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2300 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2301 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2302 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2303
2304 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2305 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2306 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2307 don't print anything else.
2308 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2309 that something to be followed by a location.
2310 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2311 that something to be followed by a location.
2312 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2313 analysis. */
2314
2315 static enum print_stop_action
2316 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2317 {
2318 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2319 struct breakpoint *b;
2320 const struct bp_location *bl;
2321 struct ui_stream *stb;
2322 int bp_temp = 0;
2323 enum print_stop_action result;
2324
2325 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2326 which has since been deleted. */
2327 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2328 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2329 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2330 b = bl->owner;
2331
2332 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2333 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2334
2335 switch (b->type)
2336 {
2337 case bp_breakpoint:
2338 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2339 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2340 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2341 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2342 bl->address,
2343 b->number, 1);
2344 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2345 if (bp_temp)
2346 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2347 else
2348 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2349 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2350 {
2351 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2352 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2353 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2354 }
2355 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2356 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2357 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2358 break;
2359
2360 case bp_shlib_event:
2361 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2362 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2363 to shlib event" message.) */
2364 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2365 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2366 break;
2367
2368 case bp_thread_event:
2369 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2370 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2371 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2372 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2373 break;
2374
2375 case bp_overlay_event:
2376 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2377 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2378 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2379 break;
2380
2381 case bp_watchpoint:
2382 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2383 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2384 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2385 ui_out_field_string
2386 (uiout, "reason",
2387 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2388 mention (b);
2389 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2391 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2392 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2393 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2394 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2395 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2396 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2397 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2398 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2399 break;
2400
2401 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2402 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2403 ui_out_field_string
2404 (uiout, "reason",
2405 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2406 mention (b);
2407 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2408 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2409 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2410 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2411 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2412 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2413 break;
2414
2415 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2416 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2417 {
2418 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2419 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2420 ui_out_field_string
2421 (uiout, "reason",
2422 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2423 mention (b);
2424 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2425 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2426 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2427 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2428 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2429 }
2430 else
2431 {
2432 mention (b);
2433 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2434 ui_out_field_string
2435 (uiout, "reason",
2436 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2437 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2438 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2439 }
2440 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2441 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2442 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2443 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2444 break;
2445
2446 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2447 here. */
2448
2449 case bp_finish:
2450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2451 ui_out_field_string
2452 (uiout, "reason",
2453 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2454 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2455 break;
2456
2457 case bp_until:
2458 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2459 ui_out_field_string
2460 (uiout, "reason",
2461 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2462 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2463 break;
2464
2465 case bp_none:
2466 case bp_longjmp:
2467 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2468 case bp_step_resume:
2469 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2470 case bp_call_dummy:
2471 case bp_tracepoint:
2472 default:
2473 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2474 break;
2475 }
2476
2477 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2478 return result;
2479 }
2480
2481 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2482 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2483 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2484 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2485 normal_stop(). */
2486
2487 static enum print_stop_action
2488 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2489 {
2490 switch (bs->print_it)
2491 {
2492 case print_it_noop:
2493 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2494 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2495 break;
2496
2497 case print_it_done:
2498 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2499 relevant messages. */
2500 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2501 break;
2502
2503 case print_it_normal:
2504 {
2505 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2506 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2507
2508 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2509 print_it_typical. */
2510 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2511 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2512 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2513 else
2514 return print_it_typical (bs);
2515 }
2516 break;
2517
2518 default:
2519 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2520 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2521 break;
2522 }
2523 }
2524
2525 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2526 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2527 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2528 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2529 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2530 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2531 routine is one of:
2532
2533 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2534 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2535 code to print the location. An example is
2536 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2537 the location.
2538 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2539 to also print the location part of the message.
2540 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2541 don't require a location appended to the end.
2542 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2543 further info to be printed.*/
2544
2545 enum print_stop_action
2546 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2547 {
2548 int val;
2549
2550 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2551 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2552 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2553 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2554 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2555 {
2556 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2557 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2558 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2559 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2560 return val;
2561 }
2562
2563 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2564 with and nothing was printed. */
2565 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2566 }
2567
2568 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2569 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2570 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2571 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2572
2573 static int
2574 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2575 {
2576 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2577 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2578 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2579 return i;
2580 }
2581
2582 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2583
2584 static bpstat
2585 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2586 {
2587 bpstat bs;
2588
2589 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2590 cbs->next = bs;
2591 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2592 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2593 bs->commands = NULL;
2594 bs->old_val = NULL;
2595 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2596 return bs;
2597 }
2598 \f
2599 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2600 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2601
2602 int
2603 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2604 {
2605 int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2606 CORE_ADDR addr;
2607 struct breakpoint *b;
2608
2609 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2610 {
2611 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2612 as not triggered. */
2613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2614 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2615 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2616 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2617 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2618
2619 return 0;
2620 }
2621
2622 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2623 {
2624 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2625 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2626 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2627 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2628 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2629 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2630 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2631
2632 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2633 }
2634
2635 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2636 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2637 triggered. */
2638
2639 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2640 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2641 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2642 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2643 {
2644 struct bp_location *loc;
2645 struct value *v;
2646
2647 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2648 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2649 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2650 sufficient. */
2651 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2652 addr, loc->address,
2653 loc->length))
2654 {
2655 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2656 break;
2657 }
2658 }
2659
2660 return 1;
2661 }
2662
2663 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2664 because of check_errors). */
2665 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2666 #define WP_DELETED 1
2667 /* The value has changed. */
2668 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2669 /* The value has not changed. */
2670 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2671
2672 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2673 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2674
2675 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2676
2677 static int
2678 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2679 {
2680 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2681 struct breakpoint *b;
2682 struct frame_info *fr;
2683 int within_current_scope;
2684
2685 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2686
2687 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2688 within_current_scope = 1;
2689 else
2690 {
2691 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2692 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2693 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2694 reinit_frame_cache ();
2695 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2696 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2697
2698 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2699 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2700 if (within_current_scope
2701 && (block_linkage_function (b->exp_valid_block)
2702 != get_frame_function (fr)))
2703 within_current_scope = 0;
2704
2705 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2706 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2707 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2708 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2709 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2710
2711 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2712 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2713 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2714 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2715 if (!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2716 {
2717 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
2718 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
2719 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
2720
2721 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
2722 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2723 }
2724 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2725 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2726 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2727 the user. */
2728 select_frame (fr);
2729 }
2730
2731 if (within_current_scope)
2732 {
2733 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2734 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2735 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2736 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2737
2738 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2739 struct value *new_val;
2740
2741 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2742 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2743 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2744 {
2745 if (new_val != NULL)
2746 {
2747 release_value (new_val);
2748 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2749 }
2750 bs->old_val = b->val;
2751 b->val = new_val;
2752 b->val_valid = 1;
2753 /* We will stop here */
2754 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2755 }
2756 else
2757 {
2758 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2759 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2760 /* We won't stop here */
2761 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2762 }
2763 }
2764 else
2765 {
2766 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2767 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2768 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2769 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2770 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2771 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2772 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2773 the first value assigned). */
2774 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2775 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2776 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2777 information here. */
2778 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2779 ui_out_field_string
2780 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2781 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2782 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2783 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2784 which its expression is valid.\n");
2785
2786 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2787 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2788 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2789
2790 return WP_DELETED;
2791 }
2792 }
2793
2794 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2795 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2796 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2797 static int
2798 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2799 {
2800 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2801
2802 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2803 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2804 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2805 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2806 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2807 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2808 {
2809 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2810 return 0;
2811 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2812 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2813 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2814 return 0;
2815 }
2816
2817 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2818 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2819 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2820 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2821 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2822 (did not match the data address). */
2823
2824 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2825 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2826 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2827 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2828 return 0;
2829
2830 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2831 {
2832 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2833 return 0;
2834 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2835 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2836 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2837 return 0;
2838 }
2839
2840 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2841 {
2842 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL);
2843 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b))
2844 return 0;
2845 }
2846
2847 return 1;
2848 }
2849
2850 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2851 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2852 to 0. */
2853 static void
2854 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2855 {
2856 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2857 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2858
2859 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2860 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2861 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2862 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2863 {
2864 CORE_ADDR addr;
2865 struct value *v;
2866 int must_check_value = 0;
2867
2868 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2869 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2870 watched value. */
2871 must_check_value = 1;
2872 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2873 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2874 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2875 this watchpoint. */
2876 must_check_value = 1;
2877 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2878 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2879 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2880 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2881 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2882 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2883 must_check_value = 1;
2884
2885 if (must_check_value)
2886 {
2887 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2888 b->number);
2889 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2890 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2891 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2892 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2893 switch (e)
2894 {
2895 case WP_DELETED:
2896 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2897 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2898 /* Stop. */
2899 break;
2900 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2901 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2902 {
2903 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2904 the value has changed. This is for targets
2905 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2906 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2907 bs->stop = 0;
2908 }
2909 break;
2910 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2911 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2912 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2913 {
2914 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2915 the value hasn't changed. */
2916 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2917 bs->stop = 0;
2918 }
2919 /* Stop. */
2920 break;
2921 default:
2922 /* Can't happen. */
2923 case 0:
2924 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2925 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2926 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2927 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2928 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2929 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2930 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2931 break;
2932 }
2933 }
2934 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2935 {
2936 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2937 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2938 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2939 anything for this watchpoint. */
2940 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2941 bs->stop = 0;
2942 }
2943 }
2944 }
2945
2946
2947 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2948 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2949 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2950 static void
2951 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2952 {
2953 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2954 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2955 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2956
2957 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2958 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2959 bs->stop = 0;
2960 else if (bs->stop)
2961 {
2962 int value_is_zero = 0;
2963
2964 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2965 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2966 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
2967 iteration. */
2968 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2969 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2970
2971 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2972 {
2973 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
2974 be a long time before we return to the command level and
2975 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
2976 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
2977 function call. */
2978 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2979
2980 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2981 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2982 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2983 value_is_zero
2984 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2985 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2986 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2987 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2988 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2989 }
2990 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2991 {
2992 bs->stop = 0;
2993 }
2994 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2995 {
2996 bs->stop = 0;
2997 }
2998 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2999 {
3000 b->ignore_count--;
3001 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3002 bs->stop = 0;
3003 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3004 stop. */
3005 ++(b->hit_count);
3006 }
3007 }
3008 }
3009
3010
3011 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3012 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3013
3014 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3015 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3016
3017 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3018
3019 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3020
3021 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3022 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3023 several reasons concurrently.)
3024
3025 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3026 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3027
3028 bpstat
3029 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3030 {
3031 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3032 const struct bp_location *bl;
3033 struct bp_location *loc;
3034 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3035 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3036 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3037 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3038 int ix;
3039 int need_remove_insert;
3040
3041 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3042 {
3043 b = bl->owner;
3044 gdb_assert (b);
3045 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3046 continue;
3047
3048 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3049 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3050 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3051 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3052 alrea
3053 */
3054 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3055 continue;
3056
3057 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3058 continue;
3059
3060 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3061
3062 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3063
3064 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3065 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3066 'stop' to 0. */
3067 bs->stop = 1;
3068 bs->print = 1;
3069
3070 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3071 if (!bs->stop)
3072 continue;
3073
3074 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3075 /* We do not stop for these. */
3076 bs->stop = 0;
3077 else
3078 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3079
3080 if (bs->stop)
3081 {
3082 ++(b->hit_count);
3083
3084 /* We will stop here */
3085 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3086 {
3087 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3088 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3089 update_global_location_list (0);
3090 }
3091 if (b->silent)
3092 bs->print = 0;
3093 bs->commands = b->commands;
3094 if (bs->commands &&
3095 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3096 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3097 {
3098 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3099 bs->print = 0;
3100 }
3101 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3102 }
3103
3104 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3105 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3106 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3107 }
3108
3109 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3110 {
3111 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3112 {
3113 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3114 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3115 bs->stop = 0;
3116 bs->print = 0;
3117 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3118 }
3119 }
3120
3121 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3122 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3123
3124 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3125 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3126 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3127 done later. */
3128 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3129 if (bs->stop)
3130 break;
3131
3132 need_remove_insert = 0;
3133 if (bs == NULL)
3134 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3135 if (!bs->stop
3136 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3137 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3138 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3139 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3140 {
3141 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3142 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3143 further code from trying to use it. */
3144 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3145 need_remove_insert = 1;
3146 }
3147
3148 if (need_remove_insert)
3149 {
3150 remove_breakpoints ();
3151 insert_breakpoints ();
3152 }
3153
3154 return root_bs->next;
3155 }
3156 \f
3157 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3158 struct bpstat_what
3159 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3160 {
3161 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3162 enum class
3163 {
3164 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3165 no_effect = 0,
3166
3167 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3168 wp_silent,
3169
3170 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3171 wp_noisy,
3172
3173 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3174 bp_nostop,
3175
3176 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3177 bp_silent,
3178
3179 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3180 bp_noisy,
3181
3182 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3183 long_jump,
3184
3185 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3186 long_resume,
3187
3188 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3189 step_resume,
3190
3191 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3192 shlib_event,
3193
3194 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3195 class_last
3196 };
3197
3198 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3199 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3200 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3201 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3202 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3203 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3204 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3205 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3206 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3207 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3208 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3209
3210 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3211 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3212 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3213 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3214
3215 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3216 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3217 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3218 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3219 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3220 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3221 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3222
3223 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3224 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3225 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3226 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3227 ordering is:
3228
3229 kc < clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3230 sgl < shl slr sn sr ss
3231 slr < err shl sn sr ss
3232 clr < err shl sn sr ss
3233 ss < shl sn sr
3234 sn < shl sr
3235 shl < sr
3236 sr <
3237
3238 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3239 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3240 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3241 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3242 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3243
3244 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3245 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3246 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3247
3248 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3249 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3250 {
3251 /* old action */
3252 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl
3253 */
3254 /*no_effect */
3255 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl},
3256 /*wp_silent */
3257 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3258 /*wp_noisy */
3259 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3260 /*bp_nostop */
3261 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl},
3262 /*bp_silent */
3263 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3264 /*bp_noisy */
3265 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3266 /*long_jump */
3267 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl},
3268 /*long_resume */
3269 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl},
3270 /*step_resume */
3271 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3272 /*shlib */
3273 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl}
3274 };
3275
3276 #undef kc
3277 #undef ss
3278 #undef sn
3279 #undef sgl
3280 #undef slr
3281 #undef clr
3282 #undef err
3283 #undef sr
3284 #undef ts
3285 #undef shl
3286 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3287 struct bpstat_what retval;
3288
3289 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3290 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3291 {
3292 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3293 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3294 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3295 which has since been deleted. */
3296 continue;
3297 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3298 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3299 else
3300 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3301 {
3302 case bp_none:
3303 continue;
3304
3305 case bp_breakpoint:
3306 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3307 case bp_until:
3308 case bp_finish:
3309 if (bs->stop)
3310 {
3311 if (bs->print)
3312 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3313 else
3314 bs_class = bp_silent;
3315 }
3316 else
3317 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3318 break;
3319 case bp_watchpoint:
3320 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3321 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3322 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3323 if (bs->stop)
3324 {
3325 if (bs->print)
3326 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3327 else
3328 bs_class = wp_silent;
3329 }
3330 else
3331 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3332 This requires no further action. */
3333 bs_class = no_effect;
3334 break;
3335 case bp_longjmp:
3336 bs_class = long_jump;
3337 break;
3338 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3339 bs_class = long_resume;
3340 break;
3341 case bp_step_resume:
3342 if (bs->stop)
3343 {
3344 bs_class = step_resume;
3345 }
3346 else
3347 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3348 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3349 break;
3350 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3351 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3352 break;
3353 case bp_shlib_event:
3354 bs_class = shlib_event;
3355 break;
3356 case bp_thread_event:
3357 case bp_overlay_event:
3358 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3359 break;
3360 case bp_catchpoint:
3361 if (bs->stop)
3362 {
3363 if (bs->print)
3364 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3365 else
3366 bs_class = bp_silent;
3367 }
3368 else
3369 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3370 This requires no further action. */
3371 bs_class = no_effect;
3372 break;
3373 case bp_call_dummy:
3374 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3375 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3376 bs_class = bp_silent;
3377 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3378 break;
3379 case bp_tracepoint:
3380 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3381 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3382 out already. */
3383 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3384 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3385 break;
3386 }
3387 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3388 }
3389 retval.main_action = current_action;
3390 return retval;
3391 }
3392
3393 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3394 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3395 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3396
3397 int
3398 bpstat_should_step (void)
3399 {
3400 struct breakpoint *b;
3401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3402 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
3403 return 1;
3404 return 0;
3405 }
3406
3407 \f
3408
3409 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3410 struct bp_location *loc,
3411 char *wrap_indent,
3412 struct ui_stream *stb)
3413 {
3414 if (b->source_file)
3415 {
3416 struct symbol *sym
3417 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3418 if (sym)
3419 {
3420 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3421 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3422 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3423 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3424 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3425 }
3426 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3427 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3428
3429 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3430 {
3431 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3432 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3433
3434 if (fullname)
3435 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3436 }
3437
3438 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3439 }
3440 else if (!b->loc)
3441 {
3442 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3443 }
3444 else
3445 {
3446 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3447 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3448 }
3449 }
3450
3451 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3452 static void
3453 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3454 struct bp_location *loc,
3455 int loc_number,
3456 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3457 {
3458 struct command_line *l;
3459 struct symbol *sym;
3460 struct ep_type_description
3461 {
3462 enum bptype type;
3463 char *description;
3464 };
3465 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3466 {
3467 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3468 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3469 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3470 {bp_until, "until"},
3471 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3472 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3473 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3474 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3475 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3476 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3477 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3478 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3479 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3480 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3481 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3482 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3483 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3484 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
3485 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
3486 };
3487
3488 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3489 char wrap_indent[80];
3490 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3491 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3492 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3493
3494 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3495 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3496 struct value_print_options opts;
3497
3498 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3499
3500 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3501 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3502 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3503 location. */
3504 if (loc == NULL
3505 && (b->loc != NULL
3506 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3507 header_of_multiple = 1;
3508 if (loc == NULL)
3509 loc = b->loc;
3510
3511 annotate_record ();
3512 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3513
3514 /* 1 */
3515 annotate_field (0);
3516 if (part_of_multiple)
3517 {
3518 char *formatted;
3519 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3520 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3521 xfree (formatted);
3522 }
3523 else
3524 {
3525 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3526 }
3527
3528 /* 2 */
3529 annotate_field (1);
3530 if (part_of_multiple)
3531 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3532 else
3533 {
3534 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3535 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3536 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3537 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3538 (int) b->type);
3539 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3540 }
3541
3542 /* 3 */
3543 annotate_field (2);
3544 if (part_of_multiple)
3545 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3546 else
3547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3548
3549
3550 /* 4 */
3551 annotate_field (3);
3552 if (part_of_multiple)
3553 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3554 else
3555 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3556 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3557 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3558
3559
3560 /* 5 and 6 */
3561 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3562 if (opts.addressprint)
3563 {
3564 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3565 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3566 else
3567 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3568 }
3569
3570 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3571 {
3572 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3573 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3574 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3575 just one location. */
3576 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3577 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3578 }
3579 else
3580 switch (b->type)
3581 {
3582 case bp_none:
3583 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3584 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3585 break;
3586
3587 case bp_watchpoint:
3588 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3589 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3590 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3591 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3592 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3593 is relatively readable). */
3594 if (opts.addressprint)
3595 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3596 annotate_field (5);
3597 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
3598 break;
3599
3600 case bp_breakpoint:
3601 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3602 case bp_until:
3603 case bp_finish:
3604 case bp_longjmp:
3605 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3606 case bp_step_resume:
3607 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3608 case bp_call_dummy:
3609 case bp_shlib_event:
3610 case bp_thread_event:
3611 case bp_overlay_event:
3612 case bp_tracepoint:
3613 if (opts.addressprint)
3614 {
3615 annotate_field (4);
3616 if (header_of_multiple)
3617 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3618 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3619 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3620 else
3621 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3622 }
3623 annotate_field (5);
3624 if (!header_of_multiple)
3625 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3626 if (b->loc)
3627 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3628 break;
3629 }
3630
3631 if (!part_of_multiple)
3632 {
3633 if (b->thread != -1)
3634 {
3635 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3636 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3637 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3638 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3639 }
3640 else if (b->task != 0)
3641 {
3642 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
3643 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
3644 }
3645 }
3646
3647 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3648
3649 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3650 {
3651 annotate_field (6);
3652 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3653 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3654 the frame ID. */
3655 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3656 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3657 }
3658
3659 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3660 {
3661 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3662 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3663 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3664 annotate_field (7);
3665 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint)
3666 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
3667 else
3668 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3669 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3670 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3671 }
3672
3673 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3674 {
3675 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3676 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3677 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3678 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3679 }
3680
3681 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
3682 {
3683 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3684 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3685 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3686 else
3687 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3688 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3689 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3690 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3691 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3692 else
3693 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3694 }
3695
3696 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3697 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3698 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3699 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
3700 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3701
3702 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3703 {
3704 annotate_field (8);
3705 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3706 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3707 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3708 }
3709
3710 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3711 {
3712 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3713
3714 annotate_field (9);
3715 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3716 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3717 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3718 }
3719
3720 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
3721 {
3722 annotate_field (10);
3723 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
3724 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
3725 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3726 }
3727
3728 if (!part_of_multiple && b->step_count)
3729 {
3730 annotate_field (11);
3731 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstep count ");
3732 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "step", b->step_count);
3733 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3734 }
3735
3736 if (!part_of_multiple && b->actions)
3737 {
3738 struct action_line *action;
3739 annotate_field (12);
3740 for (action = b->actions; action; action = action->next)
3741 {
3742 ui_out_text (uiout, " A\t");
3743 ui_out_text (uiout, action->action);
3744 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3745 }
3746 }
3747
3748 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3749 {
3750 if (b->addr_string)
3751 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3752 else if (b->exp_string)
3753 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3754 }
3755
3756 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3757 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3758 }
3759
3760 static void
3761 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3762 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3763 {
3764 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3765
3766 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3767 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3768 locations, if any. */
3769 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3770 {
3771 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3772 disabled, we print it as if it had
3773 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3774 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3775 situation.
3776 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3777 several locations internally, that's no a property
3778 exposed to user. */
3779 if (b->loc
3780 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3781 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3782 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3783 {
3784 struct bp_location *loc;
3785 int n = 1;
3786 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3787 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3788 }
3789 }
3790 }
3791
3792
3793 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3794 {
3795 int bnum;
3796 };
3797
3798 static int
3799 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3800 {
3801 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3802 struct breakpoint *b;
3803 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3804 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3805 {
3806 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3807 {
3808 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3809 return GDB_RC_OK;
3810 }
3811 }
3812 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3813 }
3814
3815 enum gdb_rc
3816 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3817 {
3818 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3819 args.bnum = bnum;
3820 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3821 an error. */
3822 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3823 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3824 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3825 else
3826 return GDB_RC_OK;
3827 }
3828
3829 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3830 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3831
3832 static int
3833 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3834 {
3835 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3836 || b->type == bp_catchpoint
3837 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3838 || b->type == bp_tracepoint
3839 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3840 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3841 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3842 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3843 }
3844
3845 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3846 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3847 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3848
3849 static void
3850 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3851 {
3852 struct breakpoint *b;
3853 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3854 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3855 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3856 struct value_print_options opts;
3857
3858 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3859
3860 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3861 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3863 if (bnum == -1
3864 || bnum == b->number)
3865 {
3866 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3867 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3868 }
3869
3870 if (opts.addressprint)
3871 bkpttbl_chain
3872 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3873 "BreakpointTable");
3874 else
3875 bkpttbl_chain
3876 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3877 "BreakpointTable");
3878
3879 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3880 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3881 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3882 annotate_field (0);
3883 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3884 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3885 annotate_field (1);
3886 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3887 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3888 annotate_field (2);
3889 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3890 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3891 annotate_field (3);
3892 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3893 if (opts.addressprint)
3894 {
3895 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3896 annotate_field (4);
3897 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3898 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3899 else
3900 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3901 }
3902 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3903 annotate_field (5);
3904 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3905 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3906 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3907 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3908
3909 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3910 if (bnum == -1
3911 || bnum == b->number)
3912 {
3913 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3914 allflag is set. */
3915 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3916 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3917 }
3918
3919 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3920
3921 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3922 {
3923 if (bnum == -1)
3924 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3925 else
3926 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3927 bnum);
3928 }
3929 else
3930 {
3931 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3932 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3933 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3934 set_next_address (current_gdbarch, last_addr);
3935 }
3936
3937 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3938 there have been breakpoints? */
3939 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3940 }
3941
3942 static void
3943 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3944 {
3945 int bnum = -1;
3946
3947 if (bnum_exp)
3948 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3949
3950 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3951 }
3952
3953 static void
3954 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3955 {
3956 int bnum = -1;
3957
3958 if (bnum_exp)
3959 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3960
3961 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
3962 }
3963
3964 static int
3965 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
3966 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
3967 {
3968 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
3969 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
3970 {
3971 if (bl->address == pc
3972 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
3973 return 1;
3974 }
3975 return 0;
3976 }
3977
3978 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
3979
3980 static void
3981 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section,
3982 int thread)
3983 {
3984 int others = 0;
3985 struct breakpoint *b;
3986
3987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3988 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
3989 if (others > 0)
3990 {
3991 if (others == 1)
3992 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
3993 else /* if (others == ???) */
3994 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
3995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3996 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
3997 {
3998 others--;
3999 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4000 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4001 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4002 else if (b->thread != -1)
4003 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4004 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4005 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4006 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4007 ? " (disabled)"
4008 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4009 ? " (permanent)"
4010 : ""),
4011 (others > 1) ? ","
4012 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4013 }
4014 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4015 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4016 printf_filtered (".\n");
4017 }
4018 }
4019 \f
4020 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4021 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4022
4023 void
4024 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4025 int line)
4026 {
4027 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4028 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4029 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4030 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4031 }
4032
4033 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4034 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4035 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4036 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4037
4038 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4039 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4040 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4041 breakpoint at address zero:
4042
4043 bp_watchpoint
4044 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4045 bp_read_watchpoint
4046 bp_access_watchpoint
4047 bp_catchpoint */
4048
4049 static int
4050 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4051 {
4052 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4053
4054 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4055 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4056 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4057 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4058 && type != bp_catchpoint);
4059 }
4060
4061 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4062 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4063 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4064 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4065 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4066
4067 static void
4068 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, struct obj_section *section)
4069 {
4070 struct bp_location *b;
4071 int count = 0;
4072 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4073
4074 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4075 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4076 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4077 && b->enabled
4078 && !b->shlib_disabled
4079 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4080 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4081 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4082 {
4083 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4084 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4085 {
4086 perm_bp = b;
4087 break;
4088 }
4089
4090 count++;
4091 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4092 }
4093
4094 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4095 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there (except
4096 other permanent breakpoints) to be the duplicates. */
4097 if (perm_bp)
4098 {
4099 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4100
4101 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4102 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4103 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4104 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4105 "actually inserted"));
4106
4107 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4108 if (b != perm_bp)
4109 {
4110 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent
4111 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4112 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4113 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4114 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4115 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4116 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4117 {
4118 if (b->inserted)
4119 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4120 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4121 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4122
4123 b->duplicate = 1;
4124 }
4125 }
4126 }
4127 }
4128
4129 static void
4130 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4131 {
4132 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4133
4134 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4135 return;
4136
4137 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4138 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4139 }
4140
4141 static void
4142 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4143 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4144 {
4145 char astr1[40];
4146 char astr2[40];
4147
4148 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4149 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4150 if (have_bnum)
4151 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4152 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4153 else
4154 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4155 }
4156
4157 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4158 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4159 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4160 this function is simply the identity function. */
4161
4162 static CORE_ADDR
4163 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4164 {
4165 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4166 {
4167 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4168 return bpaddr;
4169 }
4170 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4171 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4172 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4173 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4174 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
4175 {
4176 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4177 have their addresses modified. */
4178 return bpaddr;
4179 }
4180 else
4181 {
4182 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4183
4184 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4185 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4186 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4187 bpaddr);
4188
4189 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4190 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4191 is required. */
4192 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4193 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4194
4195 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4196 }
4197 }
4198
4199 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4200
4201 static struct bp_location *
4202 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4203 {
4204 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4205
4206 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4207 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4208
4209 loc->owner = bpt;
4210 loc->cond = NULL;
4211 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4212 loc->enabled = 1;
4213
4214 switch (bpt->type)
4215 {
4216 case bp_breakpoint:
4217 case bp_tracepoint:
4218 case bp_until:
4219 case bp_finish:
4220 case bp_longjmp:
4221 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4222 case bp_step_resume:
4223 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4224 case bp_call_dummy:
4225 case bp_shlib_event:
4226 case bp_thread_event:
4227 case bp_overlay_event:
4228 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4229 break;
4230 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4231 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4232 break;
4233 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4234 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4235 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4236 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4237 break;
4238 case bp_watchpoint:
4239 case bp_catchpoint:
4240 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4241 break;
4242 default:
4243 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4244 }
4245
4246 return loc;
4247 }
4248
4249 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4250 {
4251 if (loc->cond)
4252 xfree (loc->cond);
4253
4254 if (loc->function_name)
4255 xfree (loc->function_name);
4256
4257 xfree (loc);
4258 }
4259
4260 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4261 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4262
4263 static struct breakpoint *
4264 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4265 {
4266 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4267
4268 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4269 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4270
4271 b->type = bptype;
4272 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4273 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4274 b->thread = -1;
4275 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4276 b->next = 0;
4277 b->silent = 0;
4278 b->ignore_count = 0;
4279 b->commands = NULL;
4280 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4281 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4282 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4283 b->ops = NULL;
4284 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4285
4286 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4287 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4288 of increasing numbers. */
4289
4290 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4291 if (b1 == 0)
4292 breakpoint_chain = b;
4293 else
4294 {
4295 while (b1->next)
4296 b1 = b1->next;
4297 b1->next = b;
4298 }
4299 return b;
4300 }
4301
4302 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4303 static void
4304 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4305 {
4306 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4307 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
4308 || loc->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
4309 {
4310 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4311 NULL, NULL);
4312 if (loc->function_name)
4313 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4314 }
4315 }
4316
4317 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4318 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4319 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4320 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4321 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4322 is also returned as the value of this function.
4323
4324 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4325 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4326 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4327 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4328 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4329 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4330 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4331
4332 struct breakpoint *
4333 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4334 {
4335 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4336 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4337
4338 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4339 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4340 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4341 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4342 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4343 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4344 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, b->type);
4345
4346 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
4347 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4348 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4349
4350 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4351 b->source_file = NULL;
4352 else
4353 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4354 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4355 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4356 b->line_number = sal.line;
4357
4358 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4359
4360 breakpoints_changed ();
4361
4362 return b;
4363 }
4364
4365
4366 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4367 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4368 void
4369 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4370 {
4371 struct bp_location *bl;
4372 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4373
4374 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4375 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4376 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4377 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4378 but it's easy to implmement. */
4379 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4380 bl->inserted = 1;
4381 }
4382
4383 static struct breakpoint *
4384 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4385 {
4386 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4387 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4388 struct breakpoint *b;
4389
4390 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4391
4392 sal.pc = address;
4393 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4394
4395 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4396 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4397 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4398
4399 return b;
4400 }
4401
4402
4403 static void
4404 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4405 {
4406 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4407
4408 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4409 return;
4410 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4411 update_global_location_list (1);
4412 }
4413
4414 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4415 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4416 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4417
4418 void
4419 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4420 {
4421 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4422 {
4423 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4424 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4425 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4426 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4427 }
4428 }
4429
4430 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4431 void
4432 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4433 {
4434 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4435
4436 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4437 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4438 {
4439 if (b->thread == thread)
4440 delete_breakpoint (b);
4441 }
4442 }
4443
4444 static void
4445 create_overlay_event_breakpoint_1 (char *func_name, struct objfile *objfile)
4446 {
4447 struct breakpoint *b;
4448 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4449
4450 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile)) == NULL)
4451 return;
4452
4453 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4454 bp_overlay_event);
4455 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4456
4457 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4458 {
4459 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4460 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4461 }
4462 else
4463 {
4464 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4465 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4466 }
4467 update_global_location_list (1);
4468 }
4469
4470 static void
4471 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4472 {
4473 struct objfile *objfile;
4474 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
4475 create_overlay_event_breakpoint_1 (func_name, objfile);
4476 }
4477
4478 void
4479 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4480 {
4481 struct breakpoint *b;
4482
4483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4484 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4485 {
4486 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4487 update_global_location_list (1);
4488 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4489 }
4490 }
4491
4492 void
4493 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4494 {
4495 struct breakpoint *b;
4496
4497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4498 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4499 {
4500 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4501 update_global_location_list (0);
4502 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4503 }
4504 }
4505
4506 struct breakpoint *
4507 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4508 {
4509 struct breakpoint *b;
4510
4511 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4512
4513 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4514 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4515 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4516
4517 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4518
4519 return b;
4520 }
4521
4522 void
4523 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4524 {
4525 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4526
4527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4528 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4529 delete_breakpoint (b);
4530 }
4531
4532 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4533 {
4534 char **arg_p;
4535 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4536 char ***addr_string_p;
4537 int *not_found_ptr;
4538 };
4539
4540 struct lang_and_radix
4541 {
4542 enum language lang;
4543 int radix;
4544 };
4545
4546
4547 void
4548 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4549 {
4550 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4551
4552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4553 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4554 delete_breakpoint (b);
4555 }
4556
4557 struct breakpoint *
4558 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4559 {
4560 struct breakpoint *b;
4561
4562 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4563 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4564 return b;
4565 }
4566
4567 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4568 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4569
4570 void
4571 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4572 {
4573 struct bp_location *loc;
4574
4575 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4576 {
4577 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4578 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4579 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4580 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4581 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4582 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4583 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
4584 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4585 || (b->type == bp_tracepoint))
4586 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4587 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4588 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4589 #else
4590 && solib_name_from_address (loc->address)
4591 #endif
4592 )
4593 {
4594 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4595 }
4596 }
4597 }
4598
4599 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4600 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4601
4602 static void
4603 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4604 {
4605 struct bp_location *loc;
4606 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4607
4608 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
4609 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
4610 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
4611 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
4612 if (exec_bfd != NULL
4613 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
4614 return;
4615
4616 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4617 {
4618 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4619 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4620 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4621 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4622 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4623 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
4624 {
4625 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4626 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4627 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4628 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4629 loc->inserted = 0;
4630 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4631 {
4632 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4633 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4634 solib->so_name);
4635 }
4636 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4637 }
4638 }
4639 }
4640
4641 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
4642
4643 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4644
4645 static void
4646 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4647 {
4648 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4649 }
4650
4651 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4652
4653 static int
4654 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4655 {
4656 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4657 }
4658
4659 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4660 catchpoints. */
4661
4662 static int
4663 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4664 {
4665 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4666 }
4667
4668 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4669
4670 static enum print_stop_action
4671 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4672 {
4673 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4674 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
4675 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4676 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4677 }
4678
4679 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4680
4681 static void
4682 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4683 {
4684 struct value_print_options opts;
4685
4686 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4687
4688 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4689 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4690 is relatively readable). */
4691 if (opts.addressprint)
4692 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4693 annotate_field (5);
4694 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
4695 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4696 {
4697 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4698 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4699 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4700 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4701 }
4702 }
4703
4704 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4705 catchpoints. */
4706
4707 static void
4708 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4709 {
4710 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
4711 }
4712
4713 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
4714
4715 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
4716 {
4717 insert_catch_fork,
4718 remove_catch_fork,
4719 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
4720 print_it_catch_fork,
4721 print_one_catch_fork,
4722 print_mention_catch_fork
4723 };
4724
4725 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4726
4727 static void
4728 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4729 {
4730 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4731 }
4732
4733 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4734
4735 static int
4736 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4737 {
4738 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4739 }
4740
4741 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4742 catchpoints. */
4743
4744 static int
4745 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4746 {
4747 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4748 }
4749
4750 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4751
4752 static enum print_stop_action
4753 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4754 {
4755 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4756 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
4757 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4758 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4759 }
4760
4761 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4762
4763 static void
4764 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4765 {
4766 struct value_print_options opts;
4767
4768 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4769 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4770 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4771 is relatively readable). */
4772 if (opts.addressprint)
4773 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4774 annotate_field (5);
4775 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
4776 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4777 {
4778 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4779 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4780 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4781 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4782 }
4783 }
4784
4785 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4786 catchpoints. */
4787
4788 static void
4789 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4790 {
4791 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
4792 }
4793
4794 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
4795
4796 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
4797 {
4798 insert_catch_vfork,
4799 remove_catch_vfork,
4800 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
4801 print_it_catch_vfork,
4802 print_one_catch_vfork,
4803 print_mention_catch_vfork
4804 };
4805
4806 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
4807
4808 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
4809 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
4810 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
4811 to the catchpoint. */
4812
4813 static struct breakpoint *
4814 create_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4815 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4816 {
4817 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4818 struct breakpoint *b;
4819
4820 init_sal (&sal);
4821 sal.pc = 0;
4822 sal.symtab = NULL;
4823 sal.line = 0;
4824
4825 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catchpoint);
4826 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4827 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4828
4829 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4830 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4831 b->thread = -1;
4832 b->addr_string = NULL;
4833 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4834 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4835 b->ops = ops;
4836
4837 mention (b);
4838 update_global_location_list (1);
4839
4840 return b;
4841 }
4842
4843 static void
4844 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4845 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4846 {
4847 struct breakpoint *b = create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ops);
4848
4849 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
4850 area. */
4851 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4852 }
4853
4854 /* Exec catchpoints. */
4855
4856 static void
4857 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4858 {
4859 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4860 }
4861
4862 static int
4863 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4864 {
4865 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4866 }
4867
4868 static int
4869 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4870 {
4871 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname);
4872 }
4873
4874 static enum print_stop_action
4875 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4876 {
4877 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4878 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
4879 b->exec_pathname);
4880 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4881 }
4882
4883 static void
4884 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4885 {
4886 struct value_print_options opts;
4887
4888 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4889
4890 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4891 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4892 is relatively readable). */
4893 if (opts.addressprint)
4894 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4895 annotate_field (5);
4896 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
4897 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
4898 {
4899 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
4900 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
4901 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
4902 }
4903 }
4904
4905 static void
4906 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4907 {
4908 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
4909 }
4910
4911 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
4912 {
4913 insert_catch_exec,
4914 remove_catch_exec,
4915 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
4916 print_it_catch_exec,
4917 print_one_catch_exec,
4918 print_mention_catch_exec
4919 };
4920
4921 static int
4922 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4923 {
4924 struct breakpoint *b;
4925 int i = 0;
4926
4927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4928 {
4929 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4930 i++;
4931 }
4932
4933 return i;
4934 }
4935
4936 static int
4937 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4938 {
4939 struct breakpoint *b;
4940 int i = 0;
4941
4942 *other_type_used = 0;
4943 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4944 {
4945 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4946 {
4947 if (b->type == type)
4948 i++;
4949 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4950 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4951 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4952 *other_type_used = 1;
4953 }
4954 }
4955 return i;
4956 }
4957
4958 void
4959 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4960 {
4961 struct breakpoint *b;
4962
4963 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4964 {
4965 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4966 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4967 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4968 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4969 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4970 {
4971 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4972 update_global_location_list (0);
4973 }
4974 }
4975 }
4976
4977 void
4978 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4979 {
4980 struct breakpoint *b;
4981
4982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4983 {
4984 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4985 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4986 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4987 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4988 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4989 {
4990 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4991 update_global_location_list (1);
4992 }
4993 }
4994 }
4995
4996
4997 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4998 at address specified by SAL.
4999 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5000
5001 struct breakpoint *
5002 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
5003 enum bptype type)
5004 {
5005 struct breakpoint *b;
5006 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5007 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5008 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
5009 b->frame_id = frame_id;
5010
5011 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5012 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5013 single thread of control. */
5014 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
5015 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
5016
5017 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5018
5019 return b;
5020 }
5021
5022 struct breakpoint *
5023 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
5024 {
5025 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5026
5027 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
5028 sal.pc = pc;
5029 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
5030 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
5031
5032 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
5033 }
5034 \f
5035
5036 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5037
5038 static void
5039 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
5040 {
5041 int say_where = 0;
5042 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
5043 struct value_print_options opts;
5044
5045 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5046
5047 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5048 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5049 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5050 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5051 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
5052
5053 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
5054 b->ops->print_mention (b);
5055 else
5056 switch (b->type)
5057 {
5058 case bp_none:
5059 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
5060 break;
5061 case bp_watchpoint:
5062 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
5063 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5064 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5065 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5066 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5067 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5068 break;
5069 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5070 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5071 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5072 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5073 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5074 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5075 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5076 break;
5077 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5078 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5079 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
5080 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5082 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5083 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5084 break;
5085 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5086 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5087 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
5088 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5089 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5090 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5091 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5092 break;
5093 case bp_breakpoint:
5094 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5095 {
5096 say_where = 0;
5097 break;
5098 }
5099 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
5100 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5101 else
5102 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5103 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5104 say_where = 1;
5105 break;
5106 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5107 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5108 {
5109 say_where = 0;
5110 break;
5111 }
5112 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5113 say_where = 1;
5114 break;
5115 case bp_tracepoint:
5116 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5117 {
5118 say_where = 0;
5119 break;
5120 }
5121 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
5122 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5123 say_where = 1;
5124 break;
5125
5126 case bp_until:
5127 case bp_finish:
5128 case bp_longjmp:
5129 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5130 case bp_step_resume:
5131 case bp_call_dummy:
5132 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5133 case bp_shlib_event:
5134 case bp_thread_event:
5135 case bp_overlay_event:
5136 break;
5137 }
5138
5139 if (say_where)
5140 {
5141 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5142 single string. */
5143 if (b->loc == NULL)
5144 {
5145 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5146 }
5147 else
5148 {
5149 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5150 {
5151 printf_filtered (" at ");
5152 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5153 }
5154 if (b->source_file)
5155 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5156 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5157
5158 if (b->loc->next)
5159 {
5160 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5161 int n = 0;
5162 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5163 ++n;
5164 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5165 }
5166
5167 }
5168 }
5169 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5170 return;
5171 printf_filtered ("\n");
5172 }
5173 \f
5174
5175 static struct bp_location *
5176 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5177 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5178 {
5179 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5180
5181 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5182 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5183 ;
5184 *tmp = loc;
5185 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5186 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address, b->type);
5187 loc->section = sal->section;
5188
5189 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5190 return loc;
5191 }
5192 \f
5193
5194 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
5195 return 0 otherwise. */
5196
5197 static int
5198 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
5199 {
5200 int len;
5201 CORE_ADDR addr;
5202 const gdb_byte *brk;
5203 gdb_byte *target_mem;
5204 struct cleanup *cleanup;
5205 int retval = 0;
5206
5207 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
5208
5209 addr = loc->address;
5210 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &addr, &len);
5211
5212 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
5213 if (brk == NULL)
5214 return 0;
5215
5216 target_mem = alloca (len);
5217
5218 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
5219 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
5220 breakpoints they are permanent. */
5221 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
5222
5223 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
5224 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
5225 retval = 1;
5226
5227 do_cleanups (cleanup);
5228
5229 return retval;
5230 }
5231
5232
5233
5234 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5235 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5236 as condition expression. */
5237
5238 static void
5239 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5240 char *cond_string,
5241 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5242 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5243 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled)
5244 {
5245 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5246 int i;
5247
5248 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5249 {
5250 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5251 int target_resources_ok =
5252 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5253 i + 1, 0);
5254 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5255 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5256 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5257 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5258 }
5259
5260 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5261 {
5262 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5263 struct bp_location *loc;
5264
5265 if (from_tty)
5266 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5267
5268 if (i == 0)
5269 {
5270 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5271 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5272 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5273 b->thread = thread;
5274 b->task = task;
5275
5276 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5277 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5278 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5279 b->disposition = disposition;
5280
5281 loc = b->loc;
5282 }
5283 else
5284 {
5285 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5286 }
5287
5288 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
5289 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
5290
5291 if (b->cond_string)
5292 {
5293 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5294 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5295 if (*arg)
5296 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5297 }
5298 }
5299
5300 if (addr_string)
5301 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5302 else
5303 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5304 me. */
5305 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5306
5307 b->ops = ops;
5308 mention (b);
5309 }
5310
5311 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5312 elements to fill the void space. */
5313 static void
5314 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5315 {
5316 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5317 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5318
5319 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5320 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5321
5322 --(sal->nelts);
5323 }
5324
5325 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5326 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5327 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5328 line and file information. If we got just a single
5329 expanded sal, return the original.
5330
5331 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5332 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5333 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5334 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5335 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5336 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5337
5338 */
5339 static struct symtabs_and_lines
5340 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5341 {
5342 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5343 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5344 char *original_function = NULL;
5345 int found;
5346 int i;
5347
5348 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5349 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5350 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5351 {
5352 expanded.nelts = 1;
5353 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5354 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5355 return expanded;
5356 }
5357
5358 sal.pc = 0;
5359 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5360
5361 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5362 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5363 {
5364 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5365 processing, just return the original sal. */
5366 xfree (expanded.sals);
5367 expanded.nelts = 1;
5368 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5369 sal.pc = original_pc;
5370 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5371 return expanded;
5372 }
5373
5374 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5375 {
5376 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5377 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5378 {
5379 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5380 char *this_function;
5381 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5382 &func_addr, &func_end))
5383 {
5384 if (this_function &&
5385 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5386 {
5387 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5388 --i;
5389 }
5390 else if (func_addr == pc)
5391 {
5392 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5393 skip prologue. */
5394 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5395 if (sym)
5396 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5397 else
5398 expanded.sals[i].pc
5399 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5400 }
5401 }
5402 }
5403 }
5404
5405
5406 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5407 {
5408 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5409 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5410 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5411 xfree (expanded.sals);
5412 expanded.nelts = 1;
5413 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5414 sal.pc = original_pc;
5415 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5416 return expanded;
5417 }
5418
5419 if (original_pc)
5420 {
5421 found = 0;
5422 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5423 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5424 {
5425 found = 1;
5426 break;
5427 }
5428 gdb_assert (found);
5429 }
5430
5431 return expanded;
5432 }
5433
5434 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5435 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5436 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5437 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5438 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5439 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5440 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5441 we take just a single condition string.
5442
5443 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5444 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5445 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5446 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5447 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5448
5449 static void
5450 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5451 char *cond_string,
5452 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5453 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5454 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
5455 int enabled)
5456 {
5457 int i;
5458 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5459 {
5460 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5461 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5462
5463 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5464 cond_string, type, disposition,
5465 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5466 }
5467 }
5468
5469 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5470 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5471 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5472 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5473
5474 static void
5475 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5476 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5477 char ***addr_string,
5478 int *not_found_ptr)
5479 {
5480 char *addr_start = *address;
5481 *addr_string = NULL;
5482 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5483 breakpoint. */
5484 if ((*address) == NULL
5485 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5486 {
5487 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5488 {
5489 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5490 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5491 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5492 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5493 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5494 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5495 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5496 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5497 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5498 sals->nelts = 1;
5499 }
5500 else
5501 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5502 }
5503 else
5504 {
5505 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5506 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5507 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5508 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5509 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5510 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5511
5512 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5513
5514 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5515 && (!cursal.symtab
5516 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5517 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5518 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5519 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5520 not_found_ptr);
5521 else
5522 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5523 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5524 }
5525 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5526 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5527 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5528 if (addr_start != (*address))
5529 {
5530 int i;
5531 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5532 {
5533 /* Add the string if not present. */
5534 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5535 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5536 }
5537 }
5538 }
5539
5540
5541 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5542 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5543
5544 static void
5545 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5546 char *address)
5547 {
5548 int i;
5549 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5550 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5551 }
5552
5553 static void
5554 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5555 {
5556 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5557
5558 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5559 args->not_found_ptr);
5560 }
5561
5562 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5563 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5564 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5565 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5566 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5567 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5568 static void
5569 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5570 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
5571 {
5572 *cond_string = NULL;
5573 *thread = -1;
5574 while (tok && *tok)
5575 {
5576 char *end_tok;
5577 int toklen;
5578 char *cond_start = NULL;
5579 char *cond_end = NULL;
5580 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5581 tok++;
5582
5583 end_tok = tok;
5584
5585 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5586 end_tok++;
5587
5588 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5589
5590 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5591 {
5592 struct expression *expr;
5593
5594 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5595 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5596 xfree (expr);
5597 cond_end = tok;
5598 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5599 cond_end - cond_start);
5600 }
5601 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5602 {
5603 char *tmptok;
5604
5605 tok = end_tok + 1;
5606 tmptok = tok;
5607 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5608 if (tok == tmptok)
5609 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5610 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5611 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5612 }
5613 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
5614 {
5615 char *tmptok;
5616
5617 tok = end_tok + 1;
5618 tmptok = tok;
5619 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5620 if (tok == tmptok)
5621 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
5622 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
5623 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task);
5624 }
5625 else
5626 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5627 }
5628 }
5629
5630 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5631 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5632 This function has two major modes of operations,
5633 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5634 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5635 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5636 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5637 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5638 parameters. */
5639
5640 static void
5641 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5642 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5643 int tempflag, int hardwareflag, int traceflag,
5644 int ignore_count,
5645 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5646 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5647 int from_tty,
5648 int enabled)
5649 {
5650 struct gdb_exception e;
5651 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5652 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5653 char *copy_arg;
5654 char *err_msg;
5655 char *addr_start = arg;
5656 char **addr_string;
5657 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5658 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5659 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5660 int i;
5661 int pending = 0;
5662 int not_found = 0;
5663 enum bptype type_wanted;
5664 int task = 0;
5665
5666 sals.sals = NULL;
5667 sals.nelts = 0;
5668 addr_string = NULL;
5669
5670 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5671 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5672 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5673 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5674
5675 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5676 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5677
5678 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5679 switch (e.reason)
5680 {
5681 case RETURN_QUIT:
5682 throw_exception (e);
5683 case RETURN_ERROR:
5684 switch (e.error)
5685 {
5686 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5687
5688 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5689 error. */
5690
5691 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5692 throw_exception (e);
5693
5694 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5695
5696 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5697 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5698 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5699 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5700 return;
5701
5702 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5703 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5704 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5705 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5706 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5707 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5708 sals.nelts = 1;
5709 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5710 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5711 pending = 1;
5712 break;
5713 default:
5714 throw_exception (e);
5715 }
5716 default:
5717 if (!sals.nelts)
5718 return;
5719 }
5720
5721 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5722 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5723
5724 if (!pending)
5725 {
5726 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5727 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5728
5729 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5730 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5731 }
5732
5733 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5734 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5735 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5736 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5737 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5738
5739 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5740 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5741 fails. */
5742 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5743 {
5744 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5745 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5746 }
5747
5748 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5749 are ok for the target. */
5750 if (!pending)
5751 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5752
5753 type_wanted = (traceflag
5754 ? bp_tracepoint
5755 : (hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint));
5756
5757 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5758 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5759 breakpoint. */
5760 if (!pending)
5761 {
5762 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5763 {
5764 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5765 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5766 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5767 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5768 cond_string = NULL;
5769 thread = -1;
5770 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
5771 &thread, &task);
5772 if (cond_string)
5773 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5774 }
5775 else
5776 {
5777 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5778 if (cond_string)
5779 {
5780 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5781 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5782 }
5783 }
5784 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string, type_wanted,
5785 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5786 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5787 }
5788 else
5789 {
5790 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5791 struct breakpoint *b;
5792
5793 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5794
5795 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (type_wanted);
5796 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5797 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5798 b->thread = -1;
5799 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5800 b->cond_string = NULL;
5801 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5802 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5803 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5804 b->ops = ops;
5805 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5806
5807 mention (b);
5808 }
5809
5810 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5811 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5812 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5813 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5814 breakpoint. */
5815 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5816 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5817 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5818
5819 /* error call may happen here - have BREAKPOINT_CHAIN already discarded. */
5820 update_global_location_list (1);
5821 }
5822
5823 /* Set a breakpoint.
5824 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5825 condition, and thread.
5826 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5827 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5828 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5829
5830 static void
5831 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5832 {
5833 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5834 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5835
5836 break_command_really (arg,
5837 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5838 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5839 0 /* Ignore count */,
5840 pending_break_support,
5841 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5842 from_tty,
5843 1 /* enabled */);
5844 }
5845
5846
5847 void
5848 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5849 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5850 int thread, int ignore_count,
5851 int pending, int enabled)
5852 {
5853 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5854 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5855 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5856 ignore_count,
5857 pending
5858 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5859 NULL, 0, enabled);
5860 }
5861
5862 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5863 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5864 the debugging information.
5865
5866 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5867
5868 static void
5869 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5870 {
5871 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5872 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5873
5874 if (sym == NULL)
5875 return;
5876
5877 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5878 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5879 *sal = start_sal;
5880 }
5881
5882 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5883
5884 void
5885 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5886 {
5887 CORE_ADDR pc;
5888
5889 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5890 {
5891 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5892 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5893 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5894 sal->pc = pc;
5895
5896 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5897 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5898 if (sal->explicit_line)
5899 {
5900 /* Preserve the original line number. */
5901 int saved_line = sal->line;
5902 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5903 sal->line = saved_line;
5904 }
5905 }
5906
5907 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5908 {
5909 struct blockvector *bv;
5910 struct block *b;
5911 struct symbol *sym;
5912
5913 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5914 if (bv != NULL)
5915 {
5916 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
5917 if (sym != NULL)
5918 {
5919 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5920 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
5921 }
5922 else
5923 {
5924 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5925 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5926 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5927 source). */
5928
5929 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5930
5931 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5932 if (msym)
5933 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
5934 }
5935 }
5936 }
5937 }
5938
5939 void
5940 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5941 {
5942 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5943 }
5944
5945 void
5946 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5947 {
5948 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5949 }
5950
5951 static void
5952 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5953 {
5954 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5955 }
5956
5957 static void
5958 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5959 {
5960 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5961 }
5962
5963 static void
5964 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5965 {
5966 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5967 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5968 stop at <line>\n"));
5969 }
5970
5971 static void
5972 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5973 {
5974 int badInput = 0;
5975
5976 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5977 badInput = 1;
5978 else if (*arg != '*')
5979 {
5980 char *argptr = arg;
5981 int hasColon = 0;
5982
5983 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5984 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5985 function/method name */
5986 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5987 {
5988 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5989 argptr++;
5990 }
5991
5992 if (hasColon)
5993 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5994 else
5995 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5996 }
5997
5998 if (badInput)
5999 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
6000 else
6001 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6002 }
6003
6004 static void
6005 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6006 {
6007 int badInput = 0;
6008
6009 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
6010 badInput = 1;
6011 else
6012 {
6013 char *argptr = arg;
6014 int hasColon = 0;
6015
6016 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
6017 it is probably a line number. */
6018 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
6019 {
6020 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
6021 argptr++;
6022 }
6023
6024 if (hasColon)
6025 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
6026 else
6027 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
6028 }
6029
6030 if (badInput)
6031 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
6032 else
6033 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6034 }
6035
6036 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
6037 hw_read: watch read,
6038 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
6039 static void
6040 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
6041 {
6042 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
6043 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6044 struct expression *exp;
6045 struct block *exp_valid_block;
6046 struct value *val, *mark;
6047 struct frame_info *frame;
6048 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
6049 char *exp_start = NULL;
6050 char *exp_end = NULL;
6051 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
6052 int toklen;
6053 char *cond_start = NULL;
6054 char *cond_end = NULL;
6055 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6056 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
6057 enum bptype bp_type;
6058 int mem_cnt = 0;
6059 int thread = -1;
6060
6061 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6062
6063 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
6064 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
6065 {
6066 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
6067
6068 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
6069 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
6070
6071 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
6072 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
6073 be the thread identifier. */
6074 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6075 tok--;
6076 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6077 tok--;
6078
6079 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
6080 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
6081
6082 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
6083 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
6084 reach a "thread" token. */
6085 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6086 tok--;
6087
6088 end_tok = tok;
6089
6090 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6091 tok--;
6092
6093 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
6094 calculate the length of the token. */
6095 tok++;
6096 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6097
6098 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
6099 {
6100 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
6101 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
6102 only in a specific thread. */
6103 char *endp;
6104
6105 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
6106 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
6107
6108 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
6109 thread ID. */
6110 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
6111 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
6112
6113 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
6114 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
6115 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
6116
6117 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
6118 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
6119 evaluate_expression() function. */
6120 *tok = '\0';
6121 }
6122 }
6123
6124 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
6125 innermost_block = NULL;
6126 exp_start = arg;
6127 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
6128 exp_end = arg;
6129 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
6130 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
6131 prettier. */
6132 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
6133 --exp_end;
6134
6135 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
6136 mark = value_mark ();
6137 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
6138 if (val != NULL)
6139 release_value (val);
6140
6141 tok = arg;
6142 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
6143 tok++;
6144 end_tok = tok;
6145
6146 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
6147 end_tok++;
6148
6149 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6150 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
6151 {
6152 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
6153 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
6154 cond_end = tok;
6155 }
6156 if (*tok)
6157 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
6158
6159 if (accessflag == hw_read)
6160 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
6161 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
6162 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
6163 else
6164 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
6165
6166 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
6167 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6168 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
6169 if (mem_cnt != 0)
6170 {
6171 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
6172 target_resources_ok =
6173 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
6174 other_type_used);
6175 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6176 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
6177
6178 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6179 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
6180 }
6181
6182 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
6183 watchpoint could not be set. */
6184 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
6185 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
6186
6187 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
6188 if (frame)
6189 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6190 else
6191 prev_frame = NULL;
6192
6193 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
6194 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
6195 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
6196 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
6197 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
6198 {
6199 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
6200 bp_watchpoint_scope);
6201
6202 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6203
6204 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
6205 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
6206
6207 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
6208 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
6209
6210 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
6211 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
6212 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6213 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
6214 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
6215 scope_breakpoint->type);
6216 }
6217
6218 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6219 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6220 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6221 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6222 b->thread = thread;
6223 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6224 b->exp = exp;
6225 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6226 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6227 b->val = val;
6228 b->val_valid = 1;
6229 b->loc->cond = cond;
6230 if (cond_start)
6231 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6232 else
6233 b->cond_string = 0;
6234
6235 if (frame)
6236 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6237 else
6238 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6239
6240 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6241 {
6242 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6243 need to act on them together. */
6244 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6245 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6246 }
6247
6248 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6249 mention (b);
6250 update_global_location_list (1);
6251 }
6252
6253 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6254 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6255 in hardware return zero. */
6256
6257 static int
6258 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6259 {
6260 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6261 struct value *head = v;
6262
6263 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6264 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6265 return 0;
6266
6267 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6268 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6269 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6270 hardware watchpoint.
6271
6272 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6273 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6274 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6275 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6276 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6277 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6278 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6279 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6280 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6281
6282 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6283 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6284 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6285 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6286 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6287 {
6288 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6289 {
6290 if (value_lazy (v))
6291 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6292 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6293 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6294 ;
6295 else
6296 {
6297 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6298 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6299 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6300
6301 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6302 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6303 middle of some value chain. */
6304 if (v == head
6305 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6306 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6307 {
6308 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6309 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6310
6311 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6312 return 0;
6313 else
6314 found_memory_cnt++;
6315 }
6316 }
6317 }
6318 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6319 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6320 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6321 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6322 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6323 }
6324
6325 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6326 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6327 return found_memory_cnt;
6328 }
6329
6330 void
6331 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6332 {
6333 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6334 }
6335
6336 static void
6337 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6338 {
6339 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6340 }
6341
6342 void
6343 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6344 {
6345 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6346 }
6347
6348 static void
6349 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6350 {
6351 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6352 }
6353
6354 void
6355 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6356 {
6357 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6358 }
6359
6360 static void
6361 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6362 {
6363 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6364 }
6365 \f
6366
6367 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6368 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6369
6370 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
6371 {
6372 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6373 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
6374 };
6375
6376 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6377 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6378 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6379 command. */
6380 static void
6381 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
6382 {
6383 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
6384
6385 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
6386 if (a->breakpoint2)
6387 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
6388 }
6389
6390 void
6391 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6392 {
6393 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6394 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6395 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6396 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6397 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6398 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6399 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6400
6401 clear_proceed_status ();
6402
6403 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6404 this function */
6405
6406 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6407 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6408 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6409 else
6410 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6411 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6412
6413 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6414 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6415
6416 sal = sals.sals[0];
6417 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6418
6419 if (*arg)
6420 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6421
6422 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6423
6424 if (anywhere)
6425 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6426 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6427 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6428 else
6429 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6430 at the very same frame. */
6431 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6432 bp_until);
6433
6434 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6435
6436 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6437 one. */
6438 if (prev_frame)
6439 {
6440 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6441 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6442 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6443 bp_until);
6444 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6445 }
6446
6447 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6448
6449 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6450 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6451 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6452 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6453
6454 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
6455 {
6456 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
6457 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
6458
6459 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
6460 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
6461
6462 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6463 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
6464 until_break_command_continuation, args,
6465 xfree);
6466 }
6467 else
6468 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6469 }
6470
6471 static void
6472 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6473 {
6474 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6475 return;
6476 while (isspace (**s))
6477 *s += 1;
6478 }
6479
6480 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6481 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6482
6483 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6484 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6485 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6486 if clause in the arg string. */
6487
6488 static char *
6489 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6490 {
6491 char *cond_string;
6492
6493 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6494 return NULL;
6495
6496 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6497 (*arg) += 2;
6498
6499 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6500 condition string. */
6501 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6502 cond_string = *arg;
6503
6504 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6505 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6506
6507 return cond_string;
6508 }
6509
6510 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6511 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6512
6513 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6514 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6515 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6516 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6517
6518 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6519 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6520 static char *
6521 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6522 {
6523 static char filename[1024];
6524 char *arg_p = *arg;
6525 int i;
6526 char c;
6527
6528 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6529 return NULL;
6530
6531 for (i = 0;; i++)
6532 {
6533 c = *arg_p;
6534 if (isspace (c))
6535 c = '\0';
6536 filename[i] = c;
6537 if (c == '\0')
6538 break;
6539 arg_p++;
6540 }
6541 *arg = arg_p;
6542
6543 return filename;
6544 }
6545
6546 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6547 process start/exit, etc. */
6548
6549 typedef enum
6550 {
6551 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
6552 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
6553 }
6554 catch_fork_kind;
6555
6556 static void
6557 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6558 {
6559 char *cond_string = NULL;
6560 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
6561 int tempflag;
6562
6563 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
6564 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
6565 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
6566
6567 if (!arg)
6568 arg = "";
6569 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6570
6571 /* The allowed syntax is:
6572 catch [v]fork
6573 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6574
6575 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6576 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6577
6578 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6579 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6580
6581 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6582 and enable reporting of such events. */
6583 switch (fork_kind)
6584 {
6585 case catch_fork_temporary:
6586 case catch_fork_permanent:
6587 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6588 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
6589 break;
6590 case catch_vfork_temporary:
6591 case catch_vfork_permanent:
6592 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6593 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
6594 break;
6595 default:
6596 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6597 break;
6598 }
6599 }
6600
6601 static void
6602 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6603 {
6604 int tempflag;
6605 char *cond_string = NULL;
6606
6607 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6608
6609 if (!arg)
6610 arg = "";
6611 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6612
6613 /* The allowed syntax is:
6614 catch exec
6615 catch exec if <cond>
6616
6617 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6618 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6619
6620 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6621 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6622
6623 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6624 and enable reporting of such events. */
6625 create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
6626 }
6627
6628 static enum print_stop_action
6629 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6630 {
6631 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6632
6633 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6634
6635 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6636 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6637 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6638 b->loc->address,
6639 b->number, 1);
6640 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
6641 ui_out_text (uiout,
6642 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6643 : "Catchpoint ");
6644 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6645 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6646 ui_out_text (uiout,
6647 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6648 : " (exception caught), ");
6649 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6650 {
6651 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6652 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6653 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6654 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6655 }
6656 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6657 }
6658
6659 static void
6660 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6661 {
6662 struct value_print_options opts;
6663 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6664 if (opts.addressprint)
6665 {
6666 annotate_field (4);
6667 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6668 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6669 else
6670 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6671 }
6672 annotate_field (5);
6673 if (b->loc)
6674 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6675 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6676 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6677 else
6678 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6679 }
6680
6681 static void
6682 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6683 {
6684 int bp_temp;
6685 int bp_throw;
6686
6687 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
6688 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6689 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6690 : _("Catchpoint "));
6691 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6692 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6693 : _(" (catch)"));
6694 }
6695
6696 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6697 NULL, /* insert */
6698 NULL, /* remove */
6699 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
6700 print_exception_catchpoint,
6701 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6702 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6703 };
6704
6705 static int
6706 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6707 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6708 {
6709 char *trigger_func_name;
6710
6711 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6712 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6713 else
6714 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6715
6716 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6717 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6718 tempflag, 0, 0,
6719 0,
6720 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6721 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
6722 1 /* enabled */);
6723
6724 return 1;
6725 }
6726
6727 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6728
6729 static void
6730 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6731 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6732 {
6733 char *cond_string = NULL;
6734 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6735
6736 if (!arg)
6737 arg = "";
6738 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6739
6740 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6741
6742 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6743 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6744
6745 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6746 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6747 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6748
6749 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6750 return;
6751
6752 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6753 }
6754
6755 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
6756
6757 static void
6758 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6759 {
6760 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6761 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6762 }
6763
6764 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
6765
6766 static void
6767 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6768 {
6769 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6770 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6771 }
6772
6773 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6774
6775 static void
6776 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6777 char *addr_string,
6778 char *exp_string,
6779 char *cond_string,
6780 struct expression *cond,
6781 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6782 int tempflag,
6783 int from_tty)
6784 {
6785 struct breakpoint *b;
6786
6787 if (from_tty)
6788 {
6789 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6790 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6791 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6792 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6793 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6794 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6795 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6796 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6797 enough for now, though. */
6798 }
6799
6800 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6801 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6802
6803 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6804 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6805 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6806 b->ignore_count = 0;
6807 b->loc->cond = cond;
6808 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6809 b->language = language_ada;
6810 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6811 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6812 b->thread = -1;
6813 b->ops = ops;
6814
6815 mention (b);
6816 update_global_location_list (1);
6817 }
6818
6819 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6820
6821 static void
6822 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
6823 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6824 {
6825 int tempflag;
6826 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6827 enum bptype type;
6828 char *addr_string = NULL;
6829 char *exp_string = NULL;
6830 char *cond_string = NULL;
6831 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6832 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6833
6834 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6835
6836 if (!arg)
6837 arg = "";
6838 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6839 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6840 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6841 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6842 from_tty);
6843 }
6844
6845 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6846
6847 static void
6848 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6849 {
6850 int tempflag;
6851 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6852 char *addr_string = NULL;
6853 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6854
6855 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6856
6857 if (!arg)
6858 arg = "";
6859 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6860 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6861 tempflag, from_tty);
6862 }
6863
6864 static void
6865 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6866 {
6867 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6868 }
6869 \f
6870
6871 static void
6872 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6873 {
6874 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6875 }
6876
6877 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6878
6879 static void
6880 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6881 {
6882 struct breakpoint *b;
6883 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6884 int ix;
6885 int default_match;
6886 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6887 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6888 int i;
6889
6890 if (arg)
6891 {
6892 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6893 default_match = 0;
6894 }
6895 else
6896 {
6897 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6898 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6899 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6900 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6901 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6902 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6903 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6904 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6905 error (_("No source file specified."));
6906
6907 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6908 sals.nelts = 1;
6909
6910 default_match = 1;
6911 }
6912
6913 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6914 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6915 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6916 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6917 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6918
6919 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6920 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6921 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6922 due to optimization, all in one block.
6923 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6924 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6925 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6926 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6927 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6928 to support that. */
6929
6930 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6931 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6932 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6933 one breakpoint. */
6934
6935 found = NULL;
6936 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6937 {
6938 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6939 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6940 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6941 or at default pc.
6942
6943 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6944
6945 0 1 pc
6946 1 1 pc _and_ line
6947 0 0 line
6948 1 0 <can't happen> */
6949
6950 sal = sals.sals[i];
6951
6952 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6953 'found'. */
6954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6955 {
6956 int match = 0;
6957 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6958 if (b->type != bp_none
6959 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6960 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6961 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6962 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6963 {
6964 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6965 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6966 {
6967 int pc_match = sal.pc
6968 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6969 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6970 || loc->section == sal.section);
6971 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6972 && b->source_file != NULL
6973 && sal.symtab != NULL
6974 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6975 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6976 if (pc_match || line_match)
6977 {
6978 match = 1;
6979 break;
6980 }
6981 }
6982 }
6983
6984 if (match)
6985 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6986 }
6987 }
6988 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6989 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6990 {
6991 if (arg)
6992 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6993 else
6994 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6995 }
6996
6997 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6998 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6999 if (from_tty)
7000 {
7001 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
7002 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
7003 else
7004 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
7005 }
7006 breakpoints_changed ();
7007
7008 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
7009 {
7010 if (from_tty)
7011 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
7012 delete_breakpoint (b);
7013 }
7014 if (from_tty)
7015 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
7016 }
7017 \f
7018 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
7019 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
7020 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
7021
7022 void
7023 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
7024 {
7025 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7026
7027 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
7028 if (bs->breakpoint_at
7029 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
7030 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
7031 && bs->stop)
7032 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
7033
7034 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7035 {
7036 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
7037 delete_breakpoint (b);
7038 }
7039 }
7040
7041 /* A cleanup function which destroys a vector. */
7042
7043 static void
7044 do_vec_free (void *p)
7045 {
7046 VEC(bp_location_p) **vec = p;
7047 if (*vec)
7048 VEC_free (bp_location_p, *vec);
7049 }
7050
7051 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
7052 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
7053 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
7054 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
7055 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
7056 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
7057 returns true on them.
7058
7059 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
7060 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
7061 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
7062 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
7063 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
7064 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
7065
7066 static void
7067 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7068 {
7069 struct breakpoint *b;
7070 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7071 struct bp_location *loc;
7072 struct bp_location *loc2;
7073 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7074 int ret;
7075 int ix;
7076 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7077
7078 cleanups = make_cleanup (do_vec_free, &old_locations);
7079 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7080 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7081 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7082
7083 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7085 {
7086 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7087 {
7088 *next = loc;
7089 next = &(loc->global_next);
7090 *next = NULL;
7091 }
7092 }
7093
7094 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7095 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7096 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7097 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7098 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7099 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7100 {
7101 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7102 have to free it. */
7103 int found_object = 0;
7104 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7105 int keep_in_target = 0;
7106 int removed = 0;
7107 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7108 if (loc2 == loc)
7109 {
7110 found_object = 1;
7111 break;
7112 }
7113
7114 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7115 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7116 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7117 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7118 inserted. */
7119
7120 if (loc->inserted)
7121 {
7122 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7123
7124 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7125 {
7126 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7127 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7128 keep_in_target = 1;
7129 }
7130 else
7131 {
7132 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7133 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7134 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7135 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7136 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7137 {
7138 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7139 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7140 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7141 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7142 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7143 {
7144 loc2->inserted = 1;
7145 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7146 keep_in_target = 1;
7147 break;
7148 }
7149 }
7150 }
7151
7152 if (!keep_in_target)
7153 {
7154 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7155 {
7156 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7157 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7158 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7159 succeed next time.
7160
7161 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7162 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7163 after calling us. */
7164 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7165 loc->owner->number);
7166 }
7167 removed = 1;
7168 }
7169 }
7170
7171 if (!found_object)
7172 {
7173 if (removed && non_stop)
7174 {
7175 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7176 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7177 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7178 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7179 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7180 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7181 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7182 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7183 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7184 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7185 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7186 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7187 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7188 loc->owner = NULL;
7189
7190 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, loc);
7191 }
7192 else
7193 free_bp_location (loc);
7194 }
7195 }
7196
7197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7198 {
7199 check_duplicates (b);
7200 }
7201
7202 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
7203 && (target_has_execution
7204 || (gdbarch_has_global_solist (target_gdbarch)
7205 && target_supports_multi_process ())))
7206 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7207
7208 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7209 }
7210
7211 void
7212 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7213 {
7214 struct bp_location *loc;
7215 int ix;
7216
7217 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7218 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7219 {
7220 free_bp_location (loc);
7221 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7222 --ix;
7223 }
7224 }
7225
7226 static void
7227 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7228 {
7229 struct gdb_exception e;
7230 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7231 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7232 }
7233
7234 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
7235 static void
7236 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
7237 {
7238 bpstat bs;
7239 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
7240 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7241 {
7242 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7243 bs->old_val = NULL;
7244 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7245 }
7246 }
7247
7248 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
7249 static int
7250 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
7251 {
7252 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
7253 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th->stop_bpstat, bpt);
7254 return 0;
7255 }
7256
7257 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7258 structures. */
7259
7260 void
7261 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7262 {
7263 struct breakpoint *b;
7264 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7265
7266 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7267
7268 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7269 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7270
7271 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7272 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7273 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7274 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7275 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7276
7277 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7278 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7279 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7280 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7281 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7282 return;
7283
7284 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
7285
7286 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7287 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7288
7289 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7290 if (b->next == bpt)
7291 {
7292 b->next = bpt->next;
7293 break;
7294 }
7295
7296 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7297 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7298 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7299 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7300 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7301 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7302 xfree (bpt->exp);
7303 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7304 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7305 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7306 value_free (bpt->val);
7307 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7308 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7309 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7310 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7311
7312 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7313 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7314 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7315 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7316 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7317 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7318 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7319 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7320 with commands won't work. */
7321
7322 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
7323
7324 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7325 list, update the global location list. This
7326 will remove locations that used to belong to
7327 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7328 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7329 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7330 design to have location completely self-contained,
7331 but it's not the case now. */
7332 update_global_location_list (0);
7333
7334
7335 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7336 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7337 bpt->type = bp_none;
7338
7339 xfree (bpt);
7340 }
7341
7342 static void
7343 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7344 {
7345 delete_breakpoint (b);
7346 }
7347
7348 struct cleanup *
7349 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7350 {
7351 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7352 }
7353
7354 void
7355 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7356 {
7357 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7358
7359 dont_repeat ();
7360
7361 if (arg == 0)
7362 {
7363 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7364
7365 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7366 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7367 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7368 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7369 {
7370 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7371 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7372 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7373 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7374 b->number >= 0)
7375 {
7376 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7377 break;
7378 }
7379 }
7380
7381 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7382 if (!from_tty
7383 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7384 {
7385 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7386 {
7387 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7388 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7389 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7390 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7391 b->number >= 0)
7392 delete_breakpoint (b);
7393 }
7394 }
7395 }
7396 else
7397 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7398 }
7399
7400 static int
7401 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7402 {
7403 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7404 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7405 return 0;
7406 return 1;
7407 }
7408
7409 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7410 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7411 Null names are ignored. */
7412
7413 static int
7414 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7415 {
7416 struct bp_location *l;
7417 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7418 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7419 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7420
7421 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7422 {
7423 const char **slot;
7424 const char *name = l->function_name;
7425
7426 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7427 if (name == NULL)
7428 continue;
7429
7430 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7431 INSERT);
7432 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7433 NULL. */
7434 if (*slot != NULL)
7435 {
7436 htab_delete (htab);
7437 return 1;
7438 }
7439 *slot = name;
7440 }
7441
7442 htab_delete (htab);
7443 return 0;
7444 }
7445
7446 static void
7447 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7448 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7449 {
7450 int i;
7451 char *s;
7452 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7453
7454 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7455 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7456 the common case where all locations are in the same
7457 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7458 retain the location, so that when the library
7459 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7460 status of the individual locations. */
7461 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7462 return;
7463
7464 b->loc = NULL;
7465
7466 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7467 {
7468 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7469 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
7470
7471 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7472 old symtab. */
7473 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7474 {
7475 struct gdb_exception e;
7476
7477 s = b->cond_string;
7478 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7479 {
7480 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7481 0);
7482 }
7483 if (e.reason < 0)
7484 {
7485 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7486 b->number, e.message);
7487 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7488 }
7489 }
7490
7491 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7492 xfree (b->source_file);
7493 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7494 b->source_file = NULL;
7495 else
7496 b->source_file =
7497 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7498 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7499
7500 if (b->line_number == 0)
7501 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7502 }
7503
7504 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
7505 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7506 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7507
7508 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7509 {
7510 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7511 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7512 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7513 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7514 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7515 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7516 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7517
7518 for (; e; e = e->next)
7519 {
7520 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7521 {
7522 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7523 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7524 {
7525 for (; l; l = l->next)
7526 if (e->address == l->address)
7527 {
7528 l->enabled = 0;
7529 break;
7530 }
7531 }
7532 else
7533 {
7534 for (; l; l = l->next)
7535 if (l->function_name
7536 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7537 {
7538 l->enabled = 0;
7539 break;
7540 }
7541 }
7542 }
7543 }
7544 }
7545
7546 update_global_location_list (1);
7547 }
7548
7549
7550 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7551 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7552 Unused in this case. */
7553
7554 static int
7555 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7556 {
7557 /* get past catch_errs */
7558 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7559 struct value *mark;
7560 int i;
7561 int not_found = 0;
7562 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7563 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7564 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7565 char *s;
7566 enum enable_state save_enable;
7567 struct gdb_exception e;
7568 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7569
7570 switch (b->type)
7571 {
7572 case bp_none:
7573 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7574 b->number);
7575 return 0;
7576 case bp_breakpoint:
7577 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7578 case bp_tracepoint:
7579 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7580 {
7581 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7582 delete_breakpoint (b);
7583 return 0;
7584 }
7585
7586 set_language (b->language);
7587 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7588 s = b->addr_string;
7589 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7590 {
7591 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7592 not_found_ptr);
7593 }
7594 if (e.reason < 0)
7595 {
7596 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7597 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7598 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7599 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7600 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7601 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7602 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7603 if (not_found
7604 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7605 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7606 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7607 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7608
7609 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7610 {
7611 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7612 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7613 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7614 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7615 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7616 which approach is better. */
7617 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7618 throw_exception (e);
7619 }
7620 }
7621
7622 if (not_found)
7623 break;
7624
7625 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7626 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7627 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7628 {
7629 char *cond_string = 0;
7630 int thread = -1;
7631 int task = 0;
7632
7633 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7634 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
7635 if (cond_string)
7636 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7637 b->thread = thread;
7638 b->task = task;
7639 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7640 }
7641 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7642 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7643 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7644 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7645 break;
7646
7647 case bp_watchpoint:
7648 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7649 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7650 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7651 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7652 or it can be on local variables.
7653
7654 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7655 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7656 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7657 and unloaded.
7658
7659 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7660 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7661 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7662 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7663 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7664 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7665
7666 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7667 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7668 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7669 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7670
7671 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7672 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7673
7674 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7675 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7676 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7677 break;
7678 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7679 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7680 loaded. */
7681 case bp_catchpoint:
7682 break;
7683
7684 default:
7685 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7686 /* fall through */
7687 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7688 breakpoint_re_set. */
7689 case bp_overlay_event:
7690 delete_breakpoint (b);
7691 break;
7692
7693 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7694 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7695 case bp_shlib_event:
7696
7697 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7698 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7699 case bp_thread_event:
7700
7701 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7702 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7703 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7704 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7705 case bp_until:
7706 case bp_finish:
7707 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7708 case bp_call_dummy:
7709 case bp_step_resume:
7710 case bp_longjmp:
7711 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7712 break;
7713 }
7714
7715 return 0;
7716 }
7717
7718 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7719 void
7720 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7721 {
7722 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7723 enum language save_language;
7724 int save_input_radix;
7725
7726 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7727 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7728 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7729 {
7730 /* Format possible error msg */
7731 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7732 b->number);
7733 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7734 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7735 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7736 }
7737 set_language (save_language);
7738 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7739
7740 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7741 }
7742 \f
7743 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7744
7745 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7746 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7747 void
7748 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7749 {
7750 if (b->thread != -1)
7751 {
7752 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7753 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7754 }
7755 }
7756
7757 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7758 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7759 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7760
7761 void
7762 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7763 {
7764 struct breakpoint *b;
7765
7766 if (count < 0)
7767 count = 0;
7768
7769 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7770 if (b->number == bptnum)
7771 {
7772 b->ignore_count = count;
7773 if (from_tty)
7774 {
7775 if (count == 0)
7776 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7777 bptnum);
7778 else if (count == 1)
7779 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7780 bptnum);
7781 else
7782 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7783 count, bptnum);
7784 }
7785 breakpoints_changed ();
7786 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
7787 return;
7788 }
7789
7790 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7791 }
7792
7793 void
7794 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b)
7795 {
7796 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
7797 b->silent = 1;
7798 }
7799
7800 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7801
7802 static void
7803 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7804 {
7805 char *p = args;
7806 int num;
7807
7808 if (p == 0)
7809 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7810
7811 num = get_number (&p);
7812 if (num == 0)
7813 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7814 if (*p == 0)
7815 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7816
7817 set_ignore_count (num,
7818 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7819 from_tty);
7820 if (from_tty)
7821 printf_filtered ("\n");
7822 }
7823 \f
7824 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7825 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7826
7827 static void
7828 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7829 {
7830 char *p = args;
7831 char *p1;
7832 int num;
7833 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7834 int match;
7835
7836 if (p == 0)
7837 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7838
7839 while (*p)
7840 {
7841 match = 0;
7842 p1 = p;
7843
7844 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7845 if (num == 0)
7846 {
7847 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7848 }
7849 else
7850 {
7851 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7852 if (b->number == num)
7853 {
7854 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7855 match = 1;
7856 function (b);
7857 if (related_breakpoint)
7858 function (related_breakpoint);
7859 break;
7860 }
7861 if (match == 0)
7862 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7863 }
7864 p = p1;
7865 }
7866 }
7867
7868 static struct bp_location *
7869 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7870 {
7871 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7872 char *p1;
7873 int bp_num;
7874 int loc_num;
7875 struct breakpoint *b;
7876 struct bp_location *loc;
7877
7878 *dot = '\0';
7879
7880 p1 = number;
7881 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7882 if (bp_num == 0)
7883 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7884
7885 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7886 if (b->number == bp_num)
7887 {
7888 break;
7889 }
7890
7891 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7892 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7893
7894 p1 = dot+1;
7895 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7896 if (loc_num == 0)
7897 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7898
7899 --loc_num;
7900 loc = b->loc;
7901 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7902 ;
7903 if (!loc)
7904 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7905
7906 return loc;
7907 }
7908
7909
7910 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7911 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7912 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7913
7914 void
7915 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7916 {
7917 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7918 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7919 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7920 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7921 return;
7922
7923 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7924 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7925 return;
7926
7927 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7928
7929 update_global_location_list (0);
7930
7931 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7932 }
7933
7934 static void
7935 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7936 {
7937 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7938 if (args == 0)
7939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7940 switch (bpt->type)
7941 {
7942 case bp_none:
7943 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7944 bpt->number);
7945 continue;
7946 case bp_breakpoint:
7947 case bp_tracepoint:
7948 case bp_catchpoint:
7949 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7950 case bp_watchpoint:
7951 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7952 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7953 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7954 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7955 default:
7956 continue;
7957 }
7958 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7959 {
7960 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7961 if (loc)
7962 loc->enabled = 0;
7963 update_global_location_list (0);
7964 }
7965 else
7966 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7967 }
7968
7969 static void
7970 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7971 {
7972 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7973 struct value *mark;
7974
7975 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7976 {
7977 int i;
7978 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7979 target_resources_ok =
7980 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7981 i + 1, 0);
7982 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7983 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7984 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7985 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7986 }
7987
7988 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7989 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7990 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7991 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7992 {
7993 struct gdb_exception e;
7994
7995 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7996 {
7997 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
7998 }
7999 if (e.reason < 0)
8000 {
8001 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
8002 bpt->number);
8003 return;
8004 }
8005 }
8006
8007 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
8008 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8009 bpt->disposition = disposition;
8010 update_global_location_list (1);
8011 breakpoints_changed ();
8012
8013 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
8014 }
8015
8016
8017 void
8018 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8019 {
8020 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
8021 }
8022
8023 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
8024 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
8025 in stopping the inferior. */
8026
8027 static void
8028 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8029 {
8030 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8031 if (args == 0)
8032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8033 switch (bpt->type)
8034 {
8035 case bp_none:
8036 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8037 bpt->number);
8038 continue;
8039 case bp_breakpoint:
8040 case bp_tracepoint:
8041 case bp_catchpoint:
8042 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8043 case bp_watchpoint:
8044 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8045 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8046 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8047 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8048 default:
8049 continue;
8050 }
8051 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8052 {
8053 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8054 if (loc)
8055 loc->enabled = 1;
8056 update_global_location_list (1);
8057 }
8058 else
8059 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8060 }
8061
8062 static void
8063 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8064 {
8065 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8066 }
8067
8068 static void
8069 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8070 {
8071 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8072 }
8073
8074 static void
8075 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8076 {
8077 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8078 }
8079
8080 static void
8081 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8082 {
8083 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8084 }
8085 \f
8086 static void
8087 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8088 {
8089 }
8090
8091 static void
8092 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8093 {
8094 }
8095
8096 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8097
8098 struct symtabs_and_lines
8099 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8100 {
8101 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8102 if (string == 0)
8103 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8104 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8105 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8106 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8107 default_breakpoint_line,
8108 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8109 else
8110 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8111 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8112 if (*string)
8113 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8114 return sals;
8115 }
8116
8117 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8118 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8119 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8120 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8121 someday. */
8122
8123 void *
8124 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8125 {
8126 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8127
8128 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8129 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8130
8131 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8132 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8133 {
8134 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8135 xfree (bp_tgt);
8136 return NULL;
8137 }
8138
8139 return bp_tgt;
8140 }
8141
8142 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8143
8144 int
8145 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8146 {
8147 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8148 int ret;
8149
8150 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8151 xfree (bp_tgt);
8152
8153 return ret;
8154 }
8155
8156 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8157
8158 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8159
8160 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8161
8162 void
8163 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8164 {
8165 void **bpt_p;
8166
8167 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8168 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8169 else
8170 {
8171 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8172 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8173 }
8174
8175 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8176 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8177 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8178 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8179 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8180 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8181
8182 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8183 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8184 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8185 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8186 }
8187
8188 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8189
8190 void
8191 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8192 {
8193 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8194
8195 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8196 call. */
8197 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8198 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8199
8200 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8201 {
8202 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8203 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8204 }
8205 }
8206
8207 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8208
8209 static int
8210 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8211 {
8212 int i;
8213
8214 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8215 {
8216 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8217 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8218 return 1;
8219 }
8220
8221 return 0;
8222 }
8223
8224 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
8225
8226 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
8227 static void
8228 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
8229 {
8230 tracepoint_count = num;
8231 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"),
8232 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
8233 }
8234
8235 void
8236 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8237 {
8238 break_command_really (arg,
8239 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8240 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
8241 1 /* traceflag */,
8242 0 /* Ignore count */,
8243 pending_break_support,
8244 NULL,
8245 from_tty,
8246 1 /* enabled */);
8247 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8248 }
8249
8250 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
8251 omitted. */
8252
8253 static void
8254 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty)
8255 {
8256 struct breakpoint *b;
8257 int tps_to_list = 0;
8258
8259 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
8260 if (tpnum_exp == 0)
8261 {
8262 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8263 {
8264 if (b->number >= 0)
8265 {
8266 tps_to_list = 1;
8267 break;
8268 }
8269 }
8270 if (!tps_to_list)
8271 {
8272 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
8273 return;
8274 }
8275 }
8276
8277 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
8278 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp, from_tty);
8279 }
8280
8281 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
8282 Not supported by all targets. */
8283 static void
8284 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8285 {
8286 enable_command (args, from_tty);
8287 }
8288
8289 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
8290 Not supported by all targets. */
8291 static void
8292 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8293 {
8294 disable_command (args, from_tty);
8295 }
8296
8297 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
8298 static void
8299 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8300 {
8301 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
8302
8303 dont_repeat ();
8304
8305 if (arg == 0)
8306 {
8307 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
8308
8309 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8310 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8311 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8312 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8313 {
8314 if (b->number >= 0)
8315 {
8316 breaks_to_delete = 1;
8317 break;
8318 }
8319 }
8320
8321 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8322 if (!from_tty
8323 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
8324 {
8325 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
8326 {
8327 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint &&
8328 b->number >= 0)
8329 delete_breakpoint (b);
8330 }
8331 }
8332 }
8333 else
8334 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
8335 }
8336
8337 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
8338
8339 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
8340 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
8341 Also accepts special argument "all". */
8342
8343 static void
8344 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8345 {
8346 struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2;
8347 unsigned int count;
8348 int all = 0;
8349
8350 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8351 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
8352
8353 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
8354
8355 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
8356 args++;
8357
8358 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
8359 {
8360 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
8361 all = 1;
8362 if (*args)
8363 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8364 }
8365 else
8366 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1);
8367
8368 do
8369 {
8370 if (t1)
8371 {
8372 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2)
8373 if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2)
8374 {
8375 t2->pass_count = count;
8376 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number);
8377 if (from_tty)
8378 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
8379 t2->number, count);
8380 }
8381 if (! all && *args)
8382 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0);
8383 }
8384 }
8385 while (*args);
8386 }
8387
8388 struct breakpoint *
8389 get_tracepoint (int num)
8390 {
8391 struct breakpoint *t;
8392
8393 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8394 if (t->number == num)
8395 return t;
8396
8397 return NULL;
8398 }
8399
8400 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
8401 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
8402 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
8403 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
8404 struct breakpoint *
8405 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p)
8406 {
8407 extern int tracepoint_count;
8408 struct breakpoint *t;
8409 int tpnum;
8410 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
8411
8412 if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
8413 {
8414 if (optional_p)
8415 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
8416 else
8417 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
8418 }
8419 else
8420 tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg);
8421
8422 if (tpnum <= 0)
8423 {
8424 if (instring && *instring)
8425 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
8426 instring);
8427 else
8428 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
8429 return NULL;
8430 }
8431
8432 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8433 if (t->number == tpnum)
8434 {
8435 return t;
8436 }
8437
8438 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
8439 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
8440 allow us to discover this. */
8441 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
8442 return NULL;
8443 }
8444
8445 /* save-tracepoints command */
8446 static void
8447 tracepoint_save_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8448 {
8449 struct breakpoint *tp;
8450 int any_tp = 0;
8451 struct action_line *line;
8452 FILE *fp;
8453 char *i1 = " ", *i2 = " ";
8454 char *indent, *actionline, *pathname;
8455 char tmp[40];
8456 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8457
8458 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8459 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
8460
8461 /* See if we have anything to save. */
8462 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8463 {
8464 any_tp = 1;
8465 break;
8466 }
8467 if (!any_tp)
8468 {
8469 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
8470 return;
8471 }
8472
8473 pathname = tilde_expand (args);
8474 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
8475 if (!(fp = fopen (pathname, "w")))
8476 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
8477 args, safe_strerror (errno));
8478 make_cleanup_fclose (fp);
8479
8480 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8481 {
8482 if (tp->addr_string)
8483 fprintf (fp, "trace %s\n", tp->addr_string);
8484 else
8485 {
8486 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
8487 fprintf (fp, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp);
8488 }
8489
8490 if (tp->pass_count)
8491 fprintf (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
8492
8493 if (tp->actions)
8494 {
8495 fprintf (fp, " actions\n");
8496 indent = i1;
8497 for (line = tp->actions; line; line = line->next)
8498 {
8499 struct cmd_list_element *cmd;
8500
8501 QUIT; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
8502 actionline = line->action;
8503 while (isspace ((int) *actionline))
8504 actionline++;
8505
8506 fprintf (fp, "%s%s\n", indent, actionline);
8507 if (*actionline != '#') /* skip for comment lines */
8508 {
8509 cmd = lookup_cmd (&actionline, cmdlist, "", -1, 1);
8510 if (cmd == 0)
8511 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline);
8512 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, while_stepping_pseudocommand))
8513 indent = i2;
8514 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, end_actions_pseudocommand))
8515 indent = i1;
8516 }
8517 }
8518 }
8519 }
8520 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8521 if (from_tty)
8522 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args);
8523 return;
8524 }
8525
8526 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
8527
8528 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
8529 all_tracepoints ()
8530 {
8531 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
8532 struct breakpoint *tp;
8533
8534 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8535 {
8536 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
8537 }
8538
8539 return tp_vec;
8540 }
8541
8542 \f
8543 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8544 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8545 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8546 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8547 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8548 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8549 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8550 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8551 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8552 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8553 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8554 \n\
8555 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8556 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8557 \n\
8558 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8559 \n\
8560 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8561
8562 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
8563 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
8564
8565 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
8566 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
8567
8568 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
8569 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
8570 static void
8571 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
8572 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
8573 struct cmd_list_element *command),
8574 void *user_data_catch,
8575 void *user_data_tcatch)
8576 {
8577 struct cmd_list_element *command;
8578
8579 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8580 &catch_cmdlist);
8581 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8582 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
8583
8584 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8585 &tcatch_cmdlist);
8586 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8587 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
8588 }
8589
8590 void
8591 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8592 {
8593 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8594 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8595 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8596
8597 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8598
8599 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8600 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8601 before a breakpoint is set. */
8602 breakpoint_count = 0;
8603
8604 tracepoint_count = 0;
8605
8606 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8607 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8608 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8609 if (xdb_commands)
8610 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8611
8612 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8613 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8614 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8615 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8616 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8617 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8618 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8619 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8620
8621 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8622 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8623 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8624 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8625
8626 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8627 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8628 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8629 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8630 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8631 \n"
8632 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8633 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8634
8635 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8636 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8637 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8638 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8639 \n"
8640 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8641 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8642
8643 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8644 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8645 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8646 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8647 \n"
8648 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8649 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8650
8651 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8652 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8653 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8654 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8655 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8656 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8657 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8658 if (xdb_commands)
8659 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8660 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8661 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8662 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8663 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8664 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8665
8666 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8667
8668 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8669 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8670 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8671 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8672 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8673 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8674
8675 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8676 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8677 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8678 &enablebreaklist);
8679
8680 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8681 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8682 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8683 &enablebreaklist);
8684
8685 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8686 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8687 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8688 &enablelist);
8689
8690 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8691 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8692 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8693 &enablelist);
8694
8695 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8696 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8697 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8698 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8699 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8700 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8701 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8702 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8703 if (xdb_commands)
8704 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8705 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8706 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8707 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8708 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8709
8710 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8711 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8712 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8713 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8714 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8715 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8716 &disablelist);
8717
8718 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8719 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8720 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8721 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8722 \n\
8723 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8724 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8725 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8726 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8727 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8728 if (xdb_commands)
8729 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8730 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8731 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8732 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8733
8734 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8735 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8736 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8737 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8738 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8739 &deletelist);
8740
8741 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8742 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8743 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8744 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8745 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8746 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8747 \n\
8748 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8749 is executing in.\n\
8750 \n\
8751 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8752
8753 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8754 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8755 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8756 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8757
8758 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8759 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8760 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8761 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8762
8763 if (xdb_commands)
8764 {
8765 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8766 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8767 }
8768
8769 if (dbx_commands)
8770 {
8771 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8772 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8773 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8774 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8775 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8776 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8777 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8778 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8779 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8780 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8781 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8782 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8783 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8784 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8785 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8786 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8787 \n\
8788 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8789 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8790 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8791 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8792 breakpoint set."));
8793 }
8794
8795 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8796 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8797 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8798 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8799 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8800 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8801 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8802 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8803 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8804 \n\
8805 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8806 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8807 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8808 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8809 breakpoint set."));
8810
8811 if (xdb_commands)
8812 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8813 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8814 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8815 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8816 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8817 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8818 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8819 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8820 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8821 \n\
8822 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8823 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8824 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8825 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8826 breakpoint set."));
8827
8828 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8829 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8830 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8831 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8832 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8833 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8834 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8835 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8836 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8837 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8838 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8839 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8840 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8841 \n\
8842 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8843 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8844 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8845 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8846 breakpoint set."),
8847 &maintenanceinfolist);
8848
8849 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8850 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
8851 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
8852 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8853
8854 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8855 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
8856 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
8857 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8858
8859 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
8860 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
8861 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
8862 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8863 catch_catch_command,
8864 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8865 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8866 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
8867 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
8868 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8869 catch_throw_command,
8870 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8871 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8872 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
8873 catch_fork_command_1,
8874 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
8875 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
8876 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
8877 catch_fork_command_1,
8878 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
8879 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
8880 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
8881 catch_exec_command_1,
8882 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8883 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8884 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
8885 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
8886 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8887 catch_ada_exception_command,
8888 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8889 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8890 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
8891 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
8892 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8893 catch_assert_command,
8894 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8895 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8896
8897 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8898 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8899 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8900 an expression changes."));
8901 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8902
8903 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8904 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8905 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8906 an expression is read."));
8907 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8908
8909 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8910 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8911 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8912 an expression is either read or written."));
8913 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8914
8915 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8916 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8917
8918
8919 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8920 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8921 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8922 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8923 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8924 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8925 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8926 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8927 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8928 hardware.)"),
8929 NULL,
8930 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8931 &setlist, &showlist);
8932
8933 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8934
8935 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
8936
8937 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
8938 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
8939 \n"
8940 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
8941 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
8942 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8943
8944 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
8945 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8946 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8947 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8948
8949 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
8950 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
8951 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
8952 last tracepoint set."));
8953
8954 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
8955
8956 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
8957 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
8958 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8959 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
8960 &deletelist);
8961
8962 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
8963 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
8964 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8965 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
8966 &disablelist);
8967 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
8968
8969 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
8970 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
8971 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8972 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
8973 &enablelist);
8974 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
8975
8976 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
8977 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
8978 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
8979 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
8980 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
8981
8982 c = add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace, tracepoint_save_command, _("\
8983 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
8984 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
8985 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
8986
8987 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8988 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8989 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8990 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8991 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8992 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8993 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8994 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8995 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8996 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8997 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8998 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8999
9000 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
9001 &pending_break_support, _("\
9002 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
9003 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
9004 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
9005 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
9006 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
9007 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
9008 NULL,
9009 show_pending_break_support,
9010 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9011 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9012
9013 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
9014
9015 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
9016 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
9017 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9018 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9019 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
9020 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
9021 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
9022 NULL,
9023 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
9024 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9025 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9026
9027 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
9028 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
9029 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9030 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9031 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
9032 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
9033 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
9034 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
9035 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
9036 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
9037 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
9038 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
9039 NULL,
9040 &show_always_inserted_mode,
9041 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9042 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9043
9044 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
9045
9046 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
9047 }